{"title":"McCormick","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — \u003cstrong\u003e148 products\u003c\/strong\u003e in stock across pantry staples, spices \u0026amp; seasonings, sauces \u0026amp; condiments, priced $48.06–$131.31 CAD. All McCormick orders ship free across Canada with no minimum order, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick appears in:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pantry-staples\"\u003ePantry Staples\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/spices-seasonings\"\u003eSpices \u0026amp; Seasonings\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sauces-condiments\"\u003eSauces \u0026amp; Condiments\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/meat-seasoning\"\u003eMeat Seasoning\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garlic\"\u003eGarlic Seasonings\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples in this range:\u003c\/strong\u003e McCormick Perfect Pinch Salad Supreme Seasoning — 8.25 oz Bottle, Pack of 6 | Romano, Sesame \u0026amp;; McCormick Grill Mates Roasted Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Seasoning 9.25 oz (6-Pack) — Bold grilled flavor; McCormick Taco Seasoning Mix - Original 6 lb Bulk Container, Classic Tex‑Mex Flavor \u0026amp; No Added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eBrowse all brands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eBrowse all categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest sellers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"mccormick-perfect-pinch-salad-supreme-seasoning-8-25-oz-bottle-pack-of-6-romano-sesame-poppy-seed-blend-for-salads-finis","title":"McCormick Perfect Pinch Salad Supreme Seasoning — 8.25 oz Bottle, Pack of 6 | Romano, Sesame \u0026 Poppy Seed Blend for Salads \u0026 Finis","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Perfect Pinch Salad Supreme is an all-purpose seasoning blend featuring Romano cheese, sesame and poppy seeds, and a savory spice mix for brightening salads and everyday dishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring bold, textured flavor to greens, grains and proteins with a shaker designed for everyday use. This 8.25 oz bottle—sold here as a six-pack—combines nutty seeds, sharp Romano and earthy spices to add color, crunch and umami without adding MSG.* The flip-top cap dispenses just the right amount for tossed salads, pasta salads, roasted vegetables, or as a finishing sprinkle on proteins and toast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my salad routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of relying on heavy dressings, this blend layers savory and crunchy elements directly onto leaves and chopped vegetables for instant interest. A small shake provides cheese-forward richness and a seed-studded texture that makes simple salads feel composed and restaurant-worthy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRomano cheese adds a sharp, salty note without grating fresh cheese each time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSesame and poppy seeds contribute subtle crunch and visual contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced spices deliver savory depth so you can use less dressing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top bottle offers controlled sprinkling for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it beyond green salads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this seasoning is intentionally versatile. It brightens pasta salads, roasted vegetables, grilled chicken and seafood, and even quick snacks like avocado toast or deviled eggs, acting as a convenient finishing touch that multiplies flavor without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on pasta or potato salads for instant flavor boost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason chicken, burgers, or salmon before or after cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse with vinaigrettes or olive oil to make a fast dressing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish eggs, avocado toast, or roasted vegetables for added texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients and diet needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend centers on Romano cheese, sesame and poppy seeds, and a curated mix of spices designed to add savory character. It is labeled gluten free and contains no added MSG,* making it suitable for many everyday diets; always check packaging for the most current allergen and ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKey components: Romano cheese, sesame seeds, poppy seeds, spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free and no added MSG* per product labeling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains dairy (Romano) and seeds—note if you have allergies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a pantry staple to avoid multiple single-ingredient jars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much seasoning should I use and how is it stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA little goes a long way: start with a light shake and adjust to taste. Store the bottle in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat to preserve the blend’s aroma and texture; the flip-top cap keeps dispensing simple and reduces mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBegin with one or two shakes for a single salad portion, increase as desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed and store in a dry cupboard to maintain freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within manufacturer’s recommended timeline after opening for best flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top cap enables accurate portioning and reduces waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks who want a quick, flavorful shortcut to elevate salads, weeknight proteins and snacks without measuring many ingredients. It suits busy households, meal-preppers, and anyone who prefers a single bottle that works across vegetables, grains, eggs and grilled foods. Because it’s gluten free and made without added MSG,* it can fit into many pantry routines—just check the label if you have dairy or seed allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Including Paprika, Poppy Seed, Celery Seed, Black Pepper, Red Pepper), Romano Cheese (Part-Skim Cow's Milk, Cheese Cultures, Salt, Enzymes), Salt, Sesame Seed, Whey, Garlic, Silicon Dioxide (to Make Free Flowing), Sunflower Oil, Extractives of Paprika, Nonfat Milk Solids, Lactose, Natural Flavor, Buttermilk Powder, and Cheddar Cheese (Milk, Cheese Cultures, Salt, Enzymes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Perfect Pinch Salad Supreme gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product is labeled gluten free; always verify the package for the latest ingredient information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning on cooked proteins?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely—it's great for chicken, salmon, burgers and can be used before or after cooking for added flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001424433235,"sku":"B0BVRQ2KHQ","price":123.78,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-salad-supreme-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787166822"},{"product_id":"mccormick-grill-mates-roasted-garlic-herb-seasoning-9-25-oz-6-pack-bold-grilled-flavor-high-heat-stable","title":"McCormick Grill Mates Roasted Garlic \u0026 Herb Seasoning 9.25 oz (6-Pack) — Bold grilled flavor, high-heat stable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Grill Mates Roasted Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Seasoning is a savory blend of roasted garlic, onion, parsley, black pepper and coriander designed to build a flavorful crust on grilled or broiled foods.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 9.25 oz bottle, sold as a convenient 6-pack, brings a concentrated, shaker-ready mix that makes it simple to add bold, smoky-herb flavor to meats, vegetables, pizza and more. Formulated by McCormick using its signature spices, the blend is crafted to hold up to high heat so you get both seasoning and texture when grilling, broiling or pan-searing. The easy-to-use bottle dispenses just the right amount for rubs, sprinkles or marinades, helping cooks from busy weeknights to backyard gatherings achieve consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much should I use per pound of food?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor balanced flavor without overpowering, McCormick recommends about 2 teaspoons of seasoning per pound of meat or vegetables as a starting point. Adjust to taste depending on the cut, cooking method and preferred intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 teaspoons per pound for a moderate coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3–4 teaspoons per pound for bolder crusts or thicker cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse sparingly on delicate fish or tender vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with oil for an easy rub or with butter for finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat cooking methods work best with this blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis roasted garlic and herb mix performs well under high heat and creates a savory crust when used with grilling, broiling or pan-searing. It also works for oven roasting and finishing dishes after cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrilling: forms a caramelized, flavorful exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBroiling: quick, intense heat enhances the roasted garlic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePan-searing: adds texture and a seasoned crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasting: toss with vegetables for concentrated flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this seasoning beyond meat—what are creative ways to apply it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The blend’s roasted garlic profile pairs well with many dishes—sprinkle it over grilled pizza, charred tomatoes, roasted potatoes or even popcorn for a savory twist. It’s versatile for both finishing and cooking uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on grilled pizza before or after to boost flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with olive oil and vegetables for roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into compound butter or mayonnaise for sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a dry rub for chicken, pork, steak or tofu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the seasoning and how long will it stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bottle tightly closed and store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve aroma and potency. Properly stored, dried spice blends maintain good flavor for about 1–2 years, though best results are usually sooner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a pantry or spice cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat and humidity near the stove\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck aroma—replenish if the scent fades\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within 12–24 months for optimal taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks, grilled-food lovers and busy entertainers looking for a reliable, flavorful seasoning that simplifies bold results. If you want a ready-made blend that delivers roasted garlic and herb notes with good heat tolerance—suitable for steaks, chicken, vegetables, pizzas and weeknight meals—this 9.25 oz McCormick Grill Mates bottle, sold in a value 6-pack, is designed to make seasoning straightforward, repeatable and delicious.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Onion, Spices and Herbs (Including Paprika), Roasted Garlic, Annatto, Citric Acid, Dill Weed Oil, and Extractives of Coriander.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning suitable for vegetarian dishes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The roasted garlic and herb blend is plant-based and works well on vegetables, tofu and vegetarian pizzas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this as a marinade ingredient?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. Mix the seasoning with oil or vinegar to create a quick, flavorful marinade or rub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001424466003,"sku":"B0BVRVSRDV","price":131.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-grill-mates-front-label.jpg?v=1787166823"},{"product_id":"mccormick-taco-seasoning-mix-original-6-lb-bulk-container-classic-tex-mex-flavor-no-added-msg","title":"McCormick Taco Seasoning Mix - Original 6 lb Bulk Container, Classic Tex‑Mex Flavor \u0026 No Added MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Original Taco Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use, bulk 6-pound spice blend that adds classic Tex‑Mex flavor to tacos, meats, vegetables, rice and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you run a busy kitchen or want to make Taco Tuesday effortless at home, this large container gives you a consistent, time-saving way to season proteins and produce. The mix balances cumin, paprika, chile pepper, oregano, garlic and onion into a warm, savory profile with a touch of heat — formulated to deliver repeatable results without added MSG or artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning to make quick, flavorful tacos?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCooking with the McCormick Original Taco Seasoning is straightforward: brown your protein, drain if needed, add water and the measured seasoning, simmer briefly, and you have a ready taco filling. The blend is concentrated so small amounts season a large batch evenly, saving prep time and ensuring consistent taste across service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow a 1 lb protein : 3\/4 cup water : 4 1\/2 tbsp seasoning guideline for classic results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimmer the seasoned meat for about 5 minutes to blend flavors and thicken the sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with ground beef, turkey, chicken, chorizo or plant-based crumbles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk container is easy to portion into smaller dispensers for line use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat other dishes can this taco mix improve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoning isn’t limited to tacos — it’s a versatile Tex‑Mex punch for many recipes. Use it to brighten rice, roast vegetables, flavor burgers, make chili, or fold into marinades and dressings for a savory, smoky note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into cooked rice for fiesta-style side dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted vegetables before baking for a bold finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to burger patties or sausage mixes for a southwestern twist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with oil or yogurt for quick marinades and dips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the 6-pound format useful for professional kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6 lb container is sized for foodservice and high-volume households, offering cost efficiency and less frequent restocking. It supports consistent seasoning across many servings, simplifies inventory, and reduces the time spent measuring multiple small packets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne jug seasons up to 96 pounds of ground meat using the recommended ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging minimizes waste and repackaging labor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants, catering, school cafeterias, and busy home cooks hosting gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed formula ensures flavor consistency from batch to batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the ingredients and dietary considerations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula blends classic herbs and spices such as chile pepper, cumin, paprika, oregano, garlic and onion to achieve its signature taste. It is created without added MSG or artificial flavors, but always check the product label for full ingredient details and allergen statements to match your dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary spices provide a warm, smoky, and slightly spicy profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG or artificial flavors per product description.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for seasoning meats, vegetables and vegetarian proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult the label for complete ingredient and allergen information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Chefs, caterers, and home cooks who want a reliable, time-saving seasoning that brings a familiar Tex‑Mex flavor to many dishes. If you need bulk quantity, consistent results, and a product that easily portions into smaller shakers or recipe batches, McCormick’s 6 lb Original Taco Seasoning delivers practical convenience and the classic taste guests expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Including Chili Pepper, Cumin, Paprika, Oregano), Onion, Whey (Milk), Salt, Garlic, Sugar, Potato Starch, and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much seasoning do I use per pound of meat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use about 4 1\/2 tablespoons of seasoning plus 3\/4 cup water for each pound of ground meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this taco seasoning free from MSG and artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: According to the product description, the mix contains no added MSG or artificial flavors; check the label for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001745625171,"sku":"B008OGD1Z8","price":121.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-taco-seasoning-front-container.jpg?v=1787171861"},{"product_id":"mccormick-salad-supreme-seasoning-4-34-oz-pack-of-6-perfect-pinch-blend-no-added-msg-gluten-free","title":"McCormick Salad Supreme Seasoning 4.34 oz Pack of 6 — Perfect Pinch blend, No Added MSG, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Perfect Pinch Salad Supreme Seasoning is a ready-to-use, savory blend of Romano cheese, sesame and poppy seeds, and spices designed to brighten salads and everyday dishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoning bottle delivers an easy way to add texture, color, and bold savory notes without fuss. Packaged with a flip-top shaker for controlled dispensing, the 4.34 oz bottle in this pack-of-six gives you pantry-ready flavor for tossed greens, pasta salads, roasted vegetables, and quick weeknight proteins. Formulated with McCormick spices and no added MSG*, it’s intended as a versatile finishing sprinkle that pairs with vinaigrettes, sandwiches, and simple mains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my salads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalad Supreme brings a balance of umami, nuttiness, and crunch that complements both leafy greens and composed salads. The Romano adds savory depth while sesame and poppy seeds contribute a light crunch and visual contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds salty-cheesy notes without grating fresh cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGives texture to soft greens and creamy dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVisually brightens bowls with golden seed specks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with both oil-based and creamy dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it beyond salads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. While formulated as a salad topping, its flavor profile translates well to many cooked and cold recipes. Use it as a quick rub, finishing sprinkle, or mix-in for instant flavor lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on grilled chicken, salmon, or burgers before serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into mayonnaise or yogurt for sandwich spreads and dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into warm pasta or roasted vegetables for a savory finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop avocado toast, deviled eggs, or baked potatoes for instant interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and dispense this seasoning for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep bottles in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat or sunlight to retain spice freshness. The flip-top shaker cap lets you control portion size and keeps the blend protected between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed at room temperature in a dark cupboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake lightly over food for even coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTap the bottle for a heavier layer when making dressings or crusts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within suggested shelf life on pack for peak flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary or ingredient info should I know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend is crafted without added MSG* and is labeled gluten free, making it suitable for many household diets. Check the ingredient list on the bottle for allergy-sensitive items, especially if you have dairy or seed allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG added* per product labeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free — see packaging for certification details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains Romano cheese and seeds; not dairy- or seed-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal as a multifunctional pantry staple for general use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and busy households who want to upgrade everyday meals with a single, no-fuss pantry item will appreciate Salad Supreme. It’s suited to people who enjoy quick flavor boosts on salads, sandwiches, and weeknight proteins, plus meal preppers and small-scale caterers who value consistent, ready-to-use seasoning. If you prefer to customize dressings, finish plates with visual appeal, or keep a shelf-stable cheese-forward flavor on hand, this McCormick Perfect Pinch pack gives you six conveniently sized bottles to spread through the kitchen, office, or event setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003e*See product label for full ingredient and allergen information.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Including Paprika, Poppy Seed, Celery Seed, Black Pepper, Red Pepper), Romano Cheese (Part-Skim Cow's Milk, Cheese Cultures, Salt, Enzymes), Salt, Sesame Seed, Whey, Garlic, Silicon Dioxide (to Make Free Flowing), Sunflower Oil, Extractives of Paprika, Nonfat Milk Solids, Lactose, Natural Flavor, Buttermilk Powder \u0026amp; Cheddar Cheese (Milk, Cheese Cultures, Salt, Enzymes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product is labeled gluten free; always check the bottle for full allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use it to make a dressing?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — stir into oil and vinegar or mix with yogurt\/mayo for an instant dressing or spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001780850771,"sku":"B08BVXMHQM","price":86.4,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-salad-supreme-front-packaging_17c29b37-1d2b-4c0f-a3ea-a276804582de.jpg?v=1787172864"},{"product_id":"mccormick-french-onion-dip-seasoning-mix-just-5-1-oz-packets-pack-of-12-gluten-free","title":"McCormick French Onion Dip \u0026 Seasoning Mix — Just 5, 1 oz packets (Pack of 12), Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Just 5 Classic French Onion Dip \u0026amp; Seasoning Mix is a versatile, gluten-free seasoning packet that delivers rich onion flavor for dips, roasted vegetables, meats, and soups.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis single-serve 1 oz packet from McCormick belongs to the Just 5 line, meaning the seasoning is made with only five simple ingredients. It’s designed to make a traditional French onion dip when mixed with sour cream or Greek yogurt, but it also doubles as a convenient seasoning for a wide range of savory recipes. With no artificial flavors and no added MSG*, the mix keeps pantry stacks tidy and meal prep faster—ideal for busy cooks who still want bold, familiar taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this mix to make classic French onion dip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaking a dip is quick: combine the packet with sour cream or a preferred creamy base and chill briefly for best flavor melding. The seasoning blend rehydrates and releases its oniony, savory notes without extra prep or chopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeasure one 1 oz packet into 1 cup sour cream or Greek yogurt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir until evenly combined and refrigerate 30 minutes for fuller flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe with chips, vegetable sticks, or spread on sandwiches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat other dishes can this seasoning improve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond dip, the mix is a ready-made flavor boost for roasted vegetables, ground meats, and braised dishes. It pairs particularly well with potatoes, sweet potatoes, squash, burgers, meatloaf, and hearty soups—adding a consistent onion-forward profile without extra measuring of multiple spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into mashed or roasted potatoes for a caramelized onion taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with ground beef or turkey for savory burgers or meatballs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to stews or pot roast for easy seasoning depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for special diets or ingredient concerns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is labeled gluten free and lists only five ingredients, which simplifies checking for allergens or unwanted additives. McCormick notes there are no artificial flavors and no added MSG, making it a straightforward option for cooks monitoring ingredient lists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free—suitable for gluten-sensitive households.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors—keeps clean-label preferences in mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG—uses naturally occurring glutamates only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and portion the 1 oz packets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1 oz packet is shelf-stable and sized for single-batch recipes, helping prevent waste and keeping pantry organization simple. Store unopened packets in a cool, dry place; once opened, use immediately or transfer to an airtight container for short-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 1 oz packet seasons roughly one cup of sour cream or similar base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep unopened packets in pantry; best used before printed date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor larger recipes, multiply packets to scale seasoning evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This McCormick Just 5 Classic French Onion Dip \u0026amp; Seasoning Mix is aimed at home cooks who want a dependable, easy way to add onion-forward flavor without juggling multiple spices. It suits busy families, small households that prefer single-serve portions, and anyone tracking clean-label ingredients. If you enjoy classic French onion dip but also want a multi-use seasoning to streamline weeknight dinners and snack-time spreads, these 1 oz packets are a practical pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*Except naturally occurring glutamates.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnion, Salt, Buttermilk, Yeast Extract \u0026amp; Chives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much sour cream do I mix with one 1 oz packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Mix one 1 oz packet with about 1 cup of sour cream or Greek yogurt for a classic dip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the mix to season vegetables and meats?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—sprinkle on vegetables before roasting or combine with ground meat for burgers and meatloaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001952817235,"sku":"B08T823GJ4","price":106.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-classic-french-onion-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787176891"},{"product_id":"mccormick-gyro-seasoning-tzatziki-sauce-mix-pack-of-6-1-5-oz-pouches-for-quick-mediterranean-gyros","title":"McCormick Gyro Seasoning \u0026 Tzatziki Sauce Mix Pack of 6 — 1.5 oz pouches for quick Mediterranean gyros","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Greek Style Gyro Seasoning with Tzatziki Sauce Mix is a two-part seasoning and sauce packet that lets you make restaurant-style gyros at home in about 15 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis convenient duo combines a savory gyro seasoning and an easy tzatziki sauce mix so you can transform simple ingredients—like chicken or lamb and Greek yogurt—into a complete gyro meal. The recipe is designed for minimal prep: stir the sauce mix into Greek yogurt or sour cream, then season and sauté protein for a quick filling. Packaged as a 1.5 oz pouch and sold in a pack of six, it’s intended to simplify weeknight dinners, meal prep, or casual gatherings where fresh, Mediterranean-inspired flavors are welcome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare the gyro and tzatziki with these mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward and fast. Mix the tzatziki packet into Greek yogurt or sour cream, and season thinly sliced chicken, beef, or lamb with the seasoning packet before pan-searing. The instructions are built to deliver balanced Greek flavors without a long ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix sauce pouch with 1 cup Greek yogurt or 3\/4 cup sour cream for creamy tzatziki.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason about 1 lb of protein with the seasoning packet and sauté until cooked through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm pita bread, assemble protein, spoon on tzatziki, and add sliced cucumber, tomato, and red onion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptional: serve with a side salad of lettuce, feta, and olives for a full plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kinds of protein and sides pair best with this seasoning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning is versatile and complements chicken, beef, pork, or lamb, and it works well with plant-based proteins too. Use thin strips or ground meat shaped into patties for even cooking and better filling texture. For sides, traditional Mediterranean vegetables and cheeses enhance the overall meal experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken breast strips or thighs for a lean, quick-cooking option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLamb or beef for richer, authentic gyro flavor profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrilled vegetables, Greek salad, or hand-cut fries as classic accompaniments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePita pockets or flatbreads warmed before assembling for best texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does it take and what kitchen tools are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe active preparation time is roughly 15 minutes, with total time depending on the protein and cooking method. Basic kitchen tools are all that’s required, making this suitable for small kitchens and quick dinners. The approach works for stovetop, grill, or air fryer techniques depending on your preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixing bowl or small bowl for the tzatziki sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNonstick skillet or grill pan for sautéing seasoned protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKnife and cutting board for slicing vegetables and meat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpoons and tongs for assembly and serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the flavor or make the mix work for meal prep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—flavor intensity can be tweaked by adding more or less of the seasoning to taste, and fresh herbs like dill or mint can complement the tzatziki. The sauce and seasoned protein store well: keep sauce refrigerated and proteins in airtight containers for easy weeknight reheats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd fresh dill or mint to the sauce for brighter herb notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduce or double seasoning to suit milder or bolder palates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sauce up to 3–4 days refrigerated when mixed with yogurt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooked seasoned protein can be refrigerated for 3–4 days for quick meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: McCormick Greek Style Gyro Seasoning with Tzatziki Sauce Mix is aimed at home cooks who want an easy route to Greek-inspired meals without sourcing many specialty spices. It’s useful for busy families, small dinner parties, or anyone seeking a convenient, crowd-pleasing option that brings Mediterranean flavor to weeknight cooking. The six-pack format also suits meal-preppers and households that prefer keeping a pantry-ready choice for fast, flavorful dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSEASONING MIX INGREDIENTS: GARLIC, ONION, SEA SALT, SPICES (INCLUDING OREGANO, BLACK PEPPER), LEMON PEEL, CITRIC ACID, LEMON OIL. SAUCE MIX INGREDIENTS: BUTTERMILK, GARLIC, SALT, CORN SYRUP SOLIDS, YEAST EXTRACT, DILL WEED, GREEN BELL PEPPER, LEMON JUICE SOLIDS, CITRIC ACID, LEMON OIL, CUCUMBER EXTRACTIVES AND OTHER NATURAL FLAVORS, GREEN PEPPER JUICE SOLIDS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I make the tzatziki sauce?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stir the sauce pouch into Greek yogurt or sour cream until smooth, chill briefly, then serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning with vegetables or plant proteins?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it seasons vegetables and plant-based proteins well for vegetarian gyro-style meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002090573907,"sku":"B0CYTWNZFG","price":107.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-gyro-seasoning-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787179434"},{"product_id":"mccormick-lemon-butter-dill-seafood-sauce-8-4-oz-6-pack-ready-to-use-marinade-finishing-glaze","title":"McCormick Lemon Butter Dill Seafood Sauce, 8.4 oz (6-Pack) — Ready-to-Use Marinade \u0026 Finishing Glaze","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Lemon Butter Dill Flavored Seafood Sauce is a ready-to-use buttery, citrusy sauce that seasons and marinates fish and shellfish for quick, restaurant-style meals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis Lemon Butter Dill sauce blends bright lemon, rich butter notes and aromatic dill with McCormick herbs and spices to make seafood simple and flavorful. Bottled in an 8.4 oz size and sold in a convenient 6-pack, it’s formulated for baking, broiling, grilling or using as a finishing sauce. Use it straight from the bottle to glaze salmon, coat shrimp, or toss with scallops for a dependable weeknight dish or an elevated dinner party entrée.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this sauce to cook salmon or shrimp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the sauce as a marinade or pour it over seafood before cooking to infuse lemony butter and dill flavor without extra prep. It works well baked, broiled or grilled—apply before cooking to flavor through, or brush on near the end for a glossy finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinate salmon 15–30 minutes for mild infusion and bake at 400°F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoat peeled shrimp and grill in skewers for 2–3 minutes per side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a finishing sauce for scallops after searing for added moisture and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour over fillets in a foil packet to steam and lock in juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of seafood pair best with Lemon Butter Dill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis sauce complements a wide range of mild- to medium-flavored fish and shellfish. Its balance of citrus, butter and dill enhances salmon, white fish and most shellfish without overpowering delicate textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalmon and trout—stand up to the buttery, lemon notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhite fish like tilapia, cod, flounder—adds brightness without masking flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShrimp and scallops—keeps seafood tender and adds a savory finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood pasta—stir into pasta for a quick, creamy-tasting sauce base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and seasonings are in the sauce?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formulation features classic McCormick herbs and spices to create a familiar lemon-butter-dill profile. Alongside dill weed and mustard, there’s a hint of red pepper for subtle warmth, all combined to make a ready-to-use seafood companion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary flavor notes: lemon, butter, dill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasonings include mustard, dill weed and red pepper for balanced taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-made sauce—no measuring or blending required for recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified Kosher by the Chicago Rabbinical Council for dietary compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve leftover sauce?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter opening, refrigerate the bottle and use within the manufacturer’s suggested timeframe on the label for peak flavor. Serve chilled as a dipping option or warm gently before glazing hot-cooked seafood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate after opening and keep tightly sealed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a cold dip for cocktail shrimp or warm briefly for glazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake bottle before use to recombine ingredients if separation occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion leftover sauce for salads, pasta, or vegetable glazes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks who want a fast, dependable way to flavor seafood—whether feeding a family on busy weeknights or entertaining guests—will appreciate McCormick Lemon Butter Dill Seafood Sauce. It’s ideal for people who prefer ready-made seasonings from a trusted spice brand, those seeking kosher-certified options, and anyone looking to add consistent lemony, buttery dill flavor to fish and shellfish without extra hassle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Soybean Oil, High Fructose Corn Syrup, Distilled Vinegar, Lemon Juice Concentrate, Salt, Spice, Onion, Propylene Glycol, Alginate (Thickener), Xanthan Gum, Dill Weed, Lemon Peel, Natural Flavor, 0.1% Sodium Benzoate (Preservative), Lemon Oil, Red Pepper, Beta Carotene (Color), Calcium Disodium EDTA (to Protect Freshness), and Butter (Milk).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this sauce as a marinade?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Marinate seafood 15–30 minutes for flavor, then bake, grill, or broil as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the product kosher certified?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The sauce is certified Kosher by the Chicago Rabbinical Council.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002180948051,"sku":"B000B6J4NW","price":130.24,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-lemon-butter-dill-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787181982"},{"product_id":"mccormick-golden-dipt-batter-mix-for-fish-chips-pack-of-3-ready-to-use-crispy-coating","title":"McCormick Golden Dipt Batter Mix for Fish \u0026 Chips – Pack of 3, Ready-to-Use Crispy Coating","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Golden Dipt Mix Batter Fish and Chip (Pack of 3) is a ready-to-use dry batter mix formulated to deliver a crisp golden coating for fish and chips with consistent results at home.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring pub-style fish and chips to your kitchen with a convenient triple pack from McCormick. This batter mix combines a balanced flour base and seasoning to produce a light, crunchy crust when mixed with water and fried. It's designed for straightforward preparation, helping you achieve even color and texture whether you deep-fry or pan-fry. The pack of three keeps you stocked for multiple meals, gatherings, or menu testing without needing to measure spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare McCormick Golden Dipt Mix for the best crispiness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAchieving a crisp coating starts with the right batter consistency and hot oil. Whisk the mix with cold water to a smooth, lump-free batter, then let it rest briefly before coating. Use oil heated to 175–190°C (350–375°F) for deep-frying or a shallow layer for pan-frying, and avoid overcrowding the pan so the coating seals quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine mix and cold water until smooth; rest 5 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePat fish dry to help batter adhere.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFry at 175–190°C for even browning; flip only once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrain on a rack or paper towel; serve immediately for best crunch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of fish and cooking methods work best with this batter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix pairs well with flaky white fish like cod, haddock, pollock, and tilapia, but also suits firm fillets such as catfish. It adapts to multiple methods—deep-frying yields the classic pub texture, while shallow-frying gives a lighter crust. You can even oven-finish battered fillets after a quick sear for reduced oil absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal fish: cod, haddock, pollock, tilapia, catfish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeep-fry for traditional crunch; shallow-fry for less oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOven-finish after frying to reduce excess oil and keep crisp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso suitable for vegetables or seafood such as prawns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the pack-of-three format benefit meal planning and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving three individual mixes makes portioning and storage simpler: use one pouch for a single family meal and keep the others sealed and dry for later. The format reduces waste and lets you compare small recipe tweaks across batches. Each pouch stores well in a cool, dry pantry away from humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree pouches allow multiple meals without repackaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed packs stay fresh; store in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for trialing different frying temperatures or fish types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for small gatherings and quick weeknight dinners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat seasoning and serving ideas complement this batter mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe batter provides a golden neutral base that pairs with classic and contemporary flavors. Add lemon wedges, tartare sauce, or malt vinegar for traditional service, or try spicy mayo, herb aioli, or curry sauce for a modern twist. Season fish lightly before battering, and sprinkle finished fillets with flaky salt for a crisp, flavorful finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic: lemon, tartare, malt vinegar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eModern: sriracha mayo, garlic-herb aioli, curry dip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish with flaky sea salt and chopped parsley.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe with fries, mushy peas, or a crisp slaw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want consistent, restaurant-style battered fish without mixing multiple ingredients will find McCormick Golden Dipt Mix Pack of 3 especially handy. It's useful for busy families, small catering tasks, or anyone experimenting with fry techniques—providing repeatable results and straightforward storage so you can focus on cook time and sides rather than formula adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'ENRICHED WHEAT FLOUR (FLOUR, NIACIN, IRON, THIAMINE MONONITRATE, RIBOFLAVIN, FOLIC ACID), YELLOW CORN FLOUR, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, SALT, LEAVENING (SODIUM ALUMINUM PHOSPHATE, SODIUM BICARBONATE, AND MONOCALCIUM PHOSPHATE), AND SPICES (INCLUDING CELERY SEED AND BLACK PEPPER).'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water do I mix with the batter for one packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Follow package directions; typically mix until smooth to a pancake-batter consistency—about 1 part water to 3 parts mix, adjusted for desired thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I freeze fish after coating with this batter?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, flash-freeze coated fillets on a tray, then store frozen; fry from frozen or thaw briefly before cooking for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002226987091,"sku":"B005TLFIPC","price":48.06,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-golden-dipt-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787183696"},{"product_id":"mccormick-chicken-gravy-mix-30-less-sodium-pack-of-12-0-87-oz-packets-quick-lump-free-gravy","title":"McCormick Chicken Gravy Mix 30% Less Sodium Pack of 12 — 0.87 oz Packets, Quick Lump-Free Gravy","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick 30% Less Sodium Chicken Gravy Mix is an easy, lump-free gravy packet that makes rich chicken-flavored gravy with 30% less sodium than the original in about five minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 0.87 oz packet from McCormick produces a savory chicken gravy designed for family meals, holiday plates, and simple weeknight dinners. Formulated to have 30% less sodium than McCormick's Original Chicken Gravy Mix and containing no added MSG (aside from naturally occurring glutamates), it’s a convenient way to add comfort and moisture to mashed potatoes, roasted poultry, sandwiches, and casseroles. The powdered mix is shelf-stable, stores at room temperature, and is sold in a pack of 12 for pantry-ready cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I make this chicken gravy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is ready in roughly five minutes from start to finish. Simply stir the packet into one cup of cold water in a saucepan, heat while stirring until thickened, and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreparation time: about 5 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into 1 cup water per packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat on stovetop and whisk until lump-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required for the dry packets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat meals does this gravy work best with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis chicken-flavored gravy is versatile: pour it over mashed potatoes, spoon it on roast chicken or turkey, use it as a sauce for hot chicken sandwiches, or as a base for pot pies and casseroles. It’s a quick way to boost moisture and flavor in many dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMashed potatoes and roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole roasted chicken or turkey slices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHot chicken sandwiches and paninis\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePot pies, casseroles, and recipe starters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients and dietary details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is formulated to contain 30% less sodium compared with McCormick’s original chicken gravy mix and lists no added monosodium glutamate (MSG), aside from naturally occurring glutamates. As with any packaged mix, check the ingredient list on the packet for allergens or other dietary concerns specific to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e30% less sodium vs. McCormick Original Chicken Gravy Mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG* (naturally occurring glutamates may be present)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry, shelf-stable powder in individual plastic packets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged as 0.87 oz per packet; sold in a 12-count pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the leftover packets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackets are shelf-stable and designed for long-term pantry storage at room temperature. Use unopened packets by the printed date; once a packet is opened and mixed, consume the prepared gravy promptly or refrigerate and use within a few days according to standard food-safety practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened packets in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse prepared gravy within a few days if refrigerated\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach packet makes one cup of gravy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for stocking pantry or preparing multiple meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and meal planners who want a quick, dependable chicken gravy with reduced sodium will appreciate McCormick’s 30% Less Sodium Chicken Gravy Mix. It’s suitable for busy families, holiday hosts, and anyone who wants to add classic gravy flavor without the extra time of a stock-based sauce. The 12-pack format is practical for stocking the pantry, catering small gatherings, or keeping several packets on hand for spontaneous comfort meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Wheat Starch, Dextrose, Salt, Whey (Milk), Chicken, Chicken Fat, Potassium Chloride, Onion, Hydrolyzed Corn Gluten, Yeast Extract, Corn Maltodextrin, Chicken Broth, Spices (Including Paprika, White Pepper, Turmeric), Xanthan Gum (Thickener), Natural Flavor, Disodium Inosinate and Guanylate (Flavor Enhancers), Soy Sauce Solids (Soybeans, Wheat, Salt) and Sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water do I mix with one packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stir one packet into 1 cup of water, heat while stirring until thickened, and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this gravy mix lower in sodium?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it contains 30% less sodium than McCormick's Original Chicken Gravy Mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002247237715,"sku":"B007S7OTW8","price":67.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-chicken-gravy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787184462"},{"product_id":"mccormick-white-chicken-chili-seasoning-mix-12-pack-1-25-oz-packets-mild-southwestern-flavor-no-added-msg","title":"McCormick White Chicken Chili Seasoning Mix 12-Pack, 1.25 oz Packets — Mild Southwestern Flavor, No Added MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick White Chicken Chili Seasoning Mix is a ready-made Southwestern spice blend that turns chicken and canned white beans into a flavorful, slightly spicy chili in about 20 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFrom McCormick, America's leading herb and spice brand, this 1.25 oz packet (sold in a convenient 12-pack) combines onion, cumin, garlic and chili peppers to create a balanced white chicken chili with no artificial flavors or added MSG*. The mix is designed for home cooks who want big, familiar flavor without extensive prep—just add cooked boneless chicken and canned white beans; optional corn or tomatoes bulk it up. Finish with shredded cheese, avocado, cilantro or sour cream for a customized bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I make a weeknight dinner with this seasoning mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing this chili is straightforward and fast. Brown or poach your chicken, stir in the seasoning mix with broth or water, add canned white beans, and simmer until heated through—about 20 minutes total. It’s a reliable base that lets you choose how chunky or saucy you want the final pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse 1 packet per 1–1.5 lb cooked chicken and 2 cans white beans for a family-sized pot\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 1–2 cups of broth or water to reach preferred consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptional: add a can of corn or diced tomatoes for texture and color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile and spice level can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix delivers a slightly spicy, Southwestern-style flavor anchored by cumin, garlic and onion with a hint of chili pepper heat. It’s crafted to be family-friendly—not overpowering—but still aromatic and savory. You can easily dial the heat up or down with your own chiles or a splash of hot sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary notes: cumin, garlic, onion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat level: mild to moderate; adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean label highlights: no artificial flavors, no added MSG*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this seasoning be used for other recipes besides white chicken chili?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its savory, slightly spicy profile makes it a versatile pantry staple. Try it as a rub for roasted chicken, a seasoning for bean soups, or a flavor boost for grain bowls and tacos. The mix blends well with tomato, corn, and dairy toppings, so feel free to experiment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a dry rub or mix with oil for grilled chicken\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into rice, quinoa, or vegetable soups for instant flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle into skillet-cooked beans or nacho toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12-pack of McCormick White Chicken Chili Seasoning Mix is best for busy families, meal-prep cooks, and anyone who wants a dependable, flavorful weeknight dinner without long prep times. It’s also a smart choice for small households that like to keep multiple seasoning packets on hand or for cooks who enjoy customizing their chili with extra beans, vegetables, or toppings. With clear instructions and flexible application, it suits both seasoned home cooks and beginners looking for easy, consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e*Except for naturally occurring glutamates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModified Corn Starch, Onion, Enriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Salt, Spices and Herbs (Including Cumin, Oregano, Red Pepper), Garlic, Chili Pepper, Sugar, Natural Flavor (Including Soy), Yeast Extract, Chicken Broth \u0026amp; Chicken Fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much seasoning mix do I use per recipe?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use one 1.25 oz packet for about 1–1.5 pounds cooked chicken and two cans of white beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this seasoning contain artificial flavors or MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No added artificial flavors or added MSG, aside from naturally occurring glutamates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002272895059,"sku":"B009LJJNR2","price":65.79,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-white-chicken-chili-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185198"},{"product_id":"mccormick-hot-chili-seasoning-mix-12-pack-1-25-oz-packets-spicy-chili-blend-with-cumin-garlic-no-added-msg","title":"McCormick Hot Chili Seasoning Mix, 12-Pack 1.25 oz Packets — Spicy Chili Blend with Cumin \u0026 Garlic, No Added MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Hot Chili Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use spicy blend of chili peppers, cumin, garlic and onion designed to add bold, slow-cooked flavor to chili, nachos, chili dogs and other comfort-food recipes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFrom America's leading spice brand, this 1.25-ounce packet (sold as a convenient 12-pack) delivers a consistent, restaurant-style chili base without added MSG or artificial flavors. Formulated for simplicity, it saves time on measuring and balancing spices while providing the warmth and complexity chili lovers expect. Keep a stash for weeknight dinners, tailgate parties or camping trips where a reliable, flavorful chili seasoning makes meal prep effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use McCormick Hot Chili Seasoning Mix in homemade chili?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStir the contents of one packet into a pot of browned ground meat, beans, and tomatoes while simmering to allow the spices to meld. Adjust liquid and simmer time to reach your preferred thickness and depth of flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 1.25 oz packet seasons about 2–3 pounds of meat or a standard 6-8 cup chili batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd with diced tomatoes and broth, then simmer 20–40 minutes for best flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer with salt, sugar or cocoa if you like to customize heat and richness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this seasoning mix be used for dishes besides chili?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its savory, spicy profile works well on nachos, chili dogs, chili mac, and taco-style toppings. Sprinkle or mix it into sauces, ground meats, or snack toppings for quick, bold flavor upgrades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ground beef for chili dogs or sloppy joes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into mac and cheese for a spicy chili mac twist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a seasoning for roasted vegetables or nacho cheese sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the key ingredients and dietary notes buyers should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend highlights chili peppers, cumin, onion and garlic to deliver a warming, savory taste. McCormick formulates this mix without added MSG or artificial flavors, making it a straightforward pantry staple for everyday cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain spices: chili peppers, cumin, onion, garlic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added monosodium glutamate (MSG) or artificial flavoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient single-use packets reduce measuring and waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 12-pack format help with meal planning and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuying a 12-pack ensures you have enough seasoning for multiple meals, events, or recipes without repurchasing frequently. The small, sealed packets are travel-friendly and shelf-stable, making them ideal for tailgates, potlucks, camping, and food-service uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack size: twelve 1.25 oz packets—ample for multiple chili nights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed for freshness and easy portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact for storage and portable for outdoor cooking or parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and event hosts who want a dependable, ready-made chili seasoning that delivers classic spicy, slow-cooked flavor without added MSG or artificial flavors. It’s a practical choice for busy weeknights, competitive chili cooks who need consistent seasoning, and anyone who wants to upgrade nachos, chili dogs, or comfort dishes with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChili Pepper and Other Spices (Including Red Pepper, Cumin), Enriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Onion, Salt, Garlic, and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets do I need per batch of chili?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 1.25 oz packet typically seasons a 6–8 cup (2–3 pound meat) chili batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain MSG or artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. McCormick Hot Chili Seasoning Mix contains no added MSG or artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002272960595,"sku":"B009LJJR32","price":67.15,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-hot-chili-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185197"},{"product_id":"mccormick-pork-gravy-mix-pack-of-12-0-87-oz-single-serve-packets-no-added-msg-ready-in-5-minutes","title":"McCormick Pork Gravy Mix, Pack of 12 — 0.87 oz Single‑Serve Packets, No Added MSG, Ready in 5 Minutes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Pork Gravy Mix makes smooth, homestyle pork gravy in about five minutes—just whisk, boil briefly, and serve.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis convenient pack of twelve 0.87‑ounce McCormick Pork Gravy seasoning packets delivers a reliable, savory gravy base for weeknight dinners or holiday feasts. Formulated with McCormick's signature spice blend and containing no added MSG*, the mix thickens and seasons in a saucepan using only water. It’s shelf‑stable, compact for storage, and versatile enough to dress up pork, potatoes, sandwiches, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I prepare this gravy for dinner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can have warm, pourable pork gravy ready in roughly five minutes, making it a fast solution for last‑minute meals. Preparation requires minimal tools and steps, so it’s ideal when time is limited but flavor matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhisk one 0.87 oz packet with 1 cup of water in a saucepan\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBring to a boil, then simmer for one minute until thickened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServes as a single portion; simply multiply packets for larger servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes pair best with McCormick Pork Gravy Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning is designed to complement pork but works well with many savory mains and sides. Its savory profile enhances roasted pork, pan‑seared chops, hot meat sandwiches, and a range of classic sides without overpowering them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePoured over roast pork or pork chops for added juiciness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsed as a warm sauce for mashed potatoes, noodles, and stuffing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStirred into dips or bases for casseroles and meat dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s inside the packet and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach plastic packet holds a measured blend of seasonings and starches engineered to thicken and flavor when combined with water. The mix is shelf‑stable and keeps well at room temperature until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in sealed 0.87 oz plastic packets for single‑serve convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened packets in a cool, dry pantry—no refrigeration required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse contents promptly after opening for best texture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this gravy mix fit into different recipes or dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is a flexible base for cooks who want quick results or a starting point for customization. While it contains no added MSG*, you can adapt thickness, seasoning level, and mix‑ins to suit personal taste or recipe needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust thickness with extra water or a splash of milk\/cream for richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd pan drippings, sautéed onions, or fresh herbs to deepen flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for dipping sauces, pot pies, or a gravy‑style soup topper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who need dependable, quick gravy without a lot of prep will appreciate this 12‑pack of McCormick Pork Gravy Mix. It’s useful for families, busy households, or anyone planning large meals who wants consistent, homestyle flavor with minimal fuss. If you value convenience, pantry longevity, and a classic savory finish to pork and side dishes, this product is a practical pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003e*Except for naturally occurring glutamates.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWheat Starch, Corn Maltodectrin, Enriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Salt , Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Corn Gluten and Wheat Gluten, Dextrose, Whey (Milk), Onion, Buttermilk, Nonfat Milk, Caramel Color, Yeast Extract, Modified Corn Starch, Natural Flavor (Wheat), Disodium Inosinate and Guanylate (Flavor Enhancers), Spices, Bacon Fat, Sugar \u0026amp; Beef Extract.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one 0.87 oz packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One packet mixed with 1 cup of water makes roughly one generous serving of gravy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this gravy mix contain added MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the McCormick Pork Gravy Mix has no added MSG, aside from naturally occurring glutamates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002273091667,"sku":"B009LJJ52K","price":63.85,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-pork-gravy-front-packet.jpg?v=1787185198"},{"product_id":"mccormick-slow-cooker-hearty-beef-stew-seasoning-mix-1-5-oz-pack-of-12-ready-to-use-for-slow-cooker-instant-pot","title":"McCormick Slow Cooker Hearty Beef Stew Seasoning Mix — 1.5 oz Pack of 12, Ready-to-Use for Slow Cooker \u0026 Instant Pot","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Slow Cooker Hearty Beef Stew Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use spice blend that flavors slow-cooked or Instant Pot beef stew with black pepper, paprika and thyme.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis convenient 1.5 oz packet (sold in a 12-pack) is formulated to simplify hearty, home-style beef stew without needing to measure multiple spices. Designed for slow cookers and pressure cookers, the mix brings balanced savory notes and warm color to your stew while keeping preparation quick and predictable. Use it with trimmed stew beef, potatoes, carrots and onions to create a classic comfort meal that simmers for hours or cooks fast in an Instant Pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning in a slow cooker or Instant Pot?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the seasoning mix directly to your meat, vegetables and water or broth, then stir to distribute. For slow cookers, cook 8 hours on low or 4 hours on high; for pressure cookers, follow a roughly 30-minute cook cycle. No extra measuring required—one packet is portioned for a typical family-size stew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with 2–3 pounds of beef and 3–4 cups of water or broth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir the seasoning into vegetables and liquid before cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust salt or additional herbs at the end to taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile does this blend deliver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix emphasizes black pepper’s sharpness, paprika’s warmth and thyme’s herbal lift to create a familiar, savory stew base. It enhances the natural beef flavors without overpowering them, and it contributes a subtle paprika color to the broth. The formula avoids added MSG and artificial flavors while including naturally occurring glutamates from spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack pepper adds mild heat and clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaprika provides color and gentle smokiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThyme gives a subtle aromatic, earthy finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I change ingredients or scale recipes when using this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this seasoning is flexible. Scale up for larger batches by using additional packets or spread one packet across fewer servings for lighter seasoning. It pairs well with common stew additions like red wine, Worcestershire, or extra vegetables without losing its intended flavor balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse more packets for larger quantities or stronger taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd a splash of red wine or Worcestershire for depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude root vegetables or mushrooms for texture and variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will the seasoning keep, and how should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened packets in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and humidity to maintain freshness. Once opened, keep unused portions in an airtight container and use within a season for best aroma and potency. The product follows standard spice shelf-life practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal leftovers in an airtight jar or bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within 12–18 months for peak flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This McCormick Slow Cooker Hearty Beef Stew Seasoning Mix suits home cooks who want consistent, homestyle stew flavor with minimal prep—ideal for busy families, novice cooks, and anyone who prefers hands-off slow-cooking or faster pressure-cooker options. It’s useful for meal planners who buy in bulk (pack of 12) to keep pantry-ready seasoning on hand for weeknight dinners, family gatherings, or make-ahead comfort meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Starch, Salt, Hydrolyzed Corn Gluten, Soy Protein and Wheat Gluten, Spices (Including Paprika, Thyme, Black Pepper), Garlic, Caramel Color, Onion, Beef Stock, Chicken Powder, Natural Flavor (Including Barley), Yeast Extract, Red Wine Solids, Rendered Beef Fat \u0026amp; Red Wine Vinegar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one 1.5 oz packet season?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 1.5 oz packet is portioned for a typical family-size stew using about 2–3 pounds of beef and 3–4 cups liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain MSG or artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product has no added MSG or artificial flavors; it does contain naturally occurring glutamates from spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002345508947,"sku":"B0012OTH8O","price":65.84,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-front-packet.jpg?v=1787186996"},{"product_id":"mccormick-turkey-gravy-mix-gluten-free-0-88-oz-pack-of-12-herb-forward-savory-flavor","title":"McCormick Turkey Gravy Mix — Gluten Free 0.88 oz Pack of 12, Herb-Forward Savory Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Turkey Gravy Mix (Gluten Free) is a certified gluten-free powdered mix that makes meaty, lump-free turkey gravy in about five minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 0.88 oz packet from McCormick blends thyme, sage, celery seed, and black pepper into a naturally flavored, no-artificial-flavors turkey gravy mix verified by the Gluten‑Free Certification Program. Designed for holiday tables and everyday meals alike, the mix produces a smooth, savory gravy without added MSG and stores easily at room temperature. It arrives as a 12-pack so you have extra packets for entertaining, meal prep, or pantry backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I make gravy for a holiday meal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can turn one packet into gravy in roughly five minutes. Simply stir the contents of one 0.88 oz packet into 1 cup of water in a saucepan, bring to a simmer while stirring until smooth, and it’s ready to serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrep time: under 5 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet makes about 1 cup of prepared gravy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy stovetop method—no roux or separate thickener needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and flavor profile should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick’s mix highlights a savory, herb-forward profile with thyme and sage balanced by celery seed and black pepper. The flavor is crafted to complement turkey and classic side dishes without relying on artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoned with thyme, sage, celery seed, and black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors and no added MSG*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeaty, savory profile that pairs with mashed potatoes, stuffing, and poultry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product safe for people who need gluten-free options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mix is verified by the Gluten‑Free Certification Program, which confirms it meets strict gluten-free standards. That makes it a practical option for guests or household members avoiding gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten‑Free Certification Program verified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in single-use 0.88 oz packets for accurate portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStored shelf-stable at ambient temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use leftover packets beyond Thanksgiving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese packets are versatile for quick weeknight meals; prepare gravy for poultry dinners, spoon over roasted vegetables, or warm to serve with mashed potatoes. The compact packet size lets you control portions and reduce waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick sauce for roasted vegetables and meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor booster for casseroles and pot pies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for travel, camping, or small households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? McCormick Gluten Free Turkey Gravy Mix is ideal for home cooks who want a fast, reliable gravy that accommodates gluten-free diets without sacrificing classic savory flavor. It suits busy families, hosts planning holiday meals, and anyone who wants a pantry-ready option for enhancing mashed potatoes, stuffing, turkey, and roasted vegetables. The pack-of-12 format keeps extra servings on hand for multiple gatherings or weekly use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Starch, Buttermilk Powder, Corn Maltodextrin, Salt, Hydrolyzed Corn and Soy Protein, Onion, Modified Palm Oil, Yeast Extract, Caramel Color, Potassium Chloride, Potato Starch, Corn Syrup Solids, Spices and Herbs (Including Thyme, Sage, Celery Seed, Black Pepper), Turkey Powder, Guar Gum, Sodium Caseinate, and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I prepare McCormick Gluten Free Turkey Gravy Mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stir one 0.88 oz packet into 1 cup water in a saucepan and simmer until smooth, about five minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Turkey Gravy Mix certified gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this gravy mix is verified by the Gluten‑Free Certification Program and contains no added MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002355306579,"sku":"B00ISMP3YA","price":71.74,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-turkey-gravy-mix-front-packet.jpg?v=1787187246"},{"product_id":"mccormick-hollandaise-sauce-mix-single-serve-1-25-oz-packets-12-pack-lemon-butter-flavor-no-added-msg","title":"McCormick Hollandaise Sauce Mix single-serve 1.25 oz packets — 12-pack, lemon-butter flavor, no added MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Hollandaise Sauce Mix is an easy-to-make packet that creates a rich, lemon-butter Hollandaise sauce in minutes without any added MSG.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you want to top Eggs Benedict at a leisurely weekend brunch or add a glossy finishing sauce to chicken, seafood, potatoes and vegetables, this McCormick Hollandaise Sauce Mix simplifies the process. The single-serve 1.25 oz packets are shelf-stable and designed to be whisked with melted butter and water, then simmered briefly until thickened for consistent, restaurant-style results. Packaged as a convenient 12-count bundle, it’s useful for entertaining, meal prep, or stocking a pantry where quick, reliable sauces are appreciated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I make the Hollandaise sauce from the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing the sauce is straightforward and requires only the packet, melted butter and water. The instructions take you from powder to a smooth, velvety sauce with minimal hands-on time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmpty one 1.25 oz packet into a saucepan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in the specified amounts of melted butter and water (refer to pack directions) and whisk until combined.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBring to a gentle simmer while stirring until the sauce thickens to desired consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove from heat and serve immediately over your dish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes pair best with McCormick Hollandaise Sauce Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sauce offers a classic lemon-butter profile that complements eggs, proteins and vegetables without overpowering them. Use it as a finishing touch to add flavor and visual appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrunch favourites like Eggs Benedict and omelettes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrilled or poached fish and roasted chicken breasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSteamed asparagus, broccoli or roasted potatoes for a simple upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAs a base or flavor boost for dips such as a warm spinach dip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product pantry-friendly and suitable for entertaining?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—each 1.25 oz packet is shelf-stable, so you can store multiple packets in a pantry and pull them out when needed. The 12-pack offers value for groups, events or kitchens that like to keep quick sauce options on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable—store at ambient temperature until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-packet portions make portion control and batch cooking simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick preparation helps when serving multiple guests or courses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packaging saves space and reduces prep hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the mix contain added MSG or special spices?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick’s Hollandaise Sauce Mix is formulated without added MSG, relying instead on McCormick spices for flavor. The recipe includes natural seasonings to deliver the characteristic tangy, buttery taste of Hollandaise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG listed on the product formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses McCormick spice blend to achieve classic Hollandaise notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains naturally occurring glutamates where present in ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for home cooks who prefer prepared mixes with transparent labels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, brunch hosts, meal preppers and anyone who wants a dependable hollandaise without the fuss of traditional emulsification will appreciate McCormick Hollandaise Sauce Mix. It’s particularly useful for small kitchens, caterers, or busy households that need consistent flavor quickly. If you want a simple way to add lemon-butter richness to eggs, vegetables, seafood or chicken without complex technique, this 12-pack of single-serve packets provides convenience, predictable results and pantry-ready accessibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWheat Starch, Corn Maltodextrin, Whole Egg Solids, Egg Yolk Solids, Yeast Extract, Salt, Onion, Spices (Including Mustard, Paprika, Turmeric), Soy Lecithin, Citric Acid, Natural Flavor (Including Lemon Extract) \u0026amp; Lemon Juice Solids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does it take to make the sauce from the packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Whisking and simmering takes about 10 minutes for a smooth, ready-to-serve Hollandaise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I store leftovers after preparing the sauce?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Leftover sauce can be refrigerated for up to 48 hours; gently reheat while stirring before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002379849811,"sku":"B0012OTHB6","price":97.02,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-hollandaise-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787187971"},{"product_id":"mccormick-garlic-butter-shrimp-scampi-seasoning-mix-0-87-oz-pack-of-12-no-msg-ready-to-use","title":"McCormick Garlic Butter Shrimp Scampi Seasoning Mix — 0.87 oz Pack of 12, No MSG, Ready-to-Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Garlic Butter Shrimp Scampi Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use blend that turns shrimp and pasta into a garlicky, buttery restaurant-style meal in about 15 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis convenient 0.87 oz seasoning packet from McCormick concentrates classic scampi flavors—garlic, buttery notes, and complementary herbs—so you can sauté shrimp and finish with pasta quickly. The mix is formulated without artificial flavors or added MSG, and it’s intended to simplify a flavorful family dinner or weeknight treat. It also adapts well: add a splash of white wine for brightness or extra butter for a richer sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this seasoning mix make shrimp scampi faster and easier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix replaces the need to measure multiple spices and reduces prep time while keeping consistent flavor. Instead of assembling several ingredients, you sprinkle the packet into the pan as the butter melts, letting it form a ready-made scampi sauce. It’s engineered for a streamlined one-pan method that suits busy evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle 0.87 oz packet per dish—no measuring required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady in roughly 15 minutes from start to finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to dissolve into butter and pan juices for quick sauce formation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with shrimp, pasta, or as a sauce base for vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary considerations should I know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick lists a blend of spices and seasonings crafted to recreate garlic-butter scampi flavor; the product is made without artificial flavors and has no added MSG. While the mix adds flavor, it does not contain shrimp or dairy—those are ingredients you add during cooking—so check the packet label for a full ingredient and allergen list if you have specific dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors included in the seasoning mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG added per product formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRequires additional ingredients like butter and shrimp for the final dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRead the packet for complete allergen and nutrition details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I customize the scampi for more flavor or variety?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is a flexible base that welcomes simple adjustments to suit taste or occasion. For acidity and aroma, stir in two tablespoons of white wine while the sauce simmers; for a creamier finish, add a splash of cream or extra butter. You can also boost heat with red pepper flakes or add vegetables like cherry tomatoes or spinach for color and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd white wine for brightness and depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix in extra butter or a touch of cream for richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude crushed red pepper for a spicy kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with linguine, spaghetti, or zucchini noodles for variation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? McCormick Garlic Butter Shrimp Scampi Seasoning Mix is aimed at home cooks who want a quick, flavorful seafood pasta without assembling a dozen spices. It’s useful for busy families, weeknight cooks seeking an elevated meal in minimal time, and anyone who appreciates consistent, familiar scampi flavor. Because it’s a packaged seasoning, it’s also handy for those new to cooking shrimp or anyone looking to streamline meal prep while keeping a restaurant-style result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic, Butter [Cream (Milk), Salt], Corn Maltodextrin, Salt, Corn Syrup Solids, Spices (Including Parsley, Black Pepper), Nonfat Milk Solids, Citric Acid, Lemon Juice Solids, Cultured Whey \u0026amp; Lemon Oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does it take to prepare shrimp scampi with this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 15 minutes total—sauté shrimp, melt butter with the mix, toss with cooked pasta, and serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the mix contain artificial flavors or MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the product is made without artificial flavors and has no added MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002451316819,"sku":"B007PPV8JK","price":103.22,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-front-packaging-garlic-butter-shrimp-scampi.jpg?v=1787188988"},{"product_id":"mccormick-gluten-free-chili-seasoning-mix-pack-of-12-1-oz-single-serve-packets-no-msg-quick-20-min-chili","title":"McCormick Gluten-Free Chili Seasoning Mix Pack of 12 — 1 oz Single-Serve Packets, No MSG \u0026 Quick 20-Min Chili","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Gluten-Free Chili Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use, zesty spice blend that makes a flavorful, family-friendly chili in about 20 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 1 oz packet from McCormick contains a balanced mix of chili peppers, spices and herbs crafted to deliver hearty chili flavor without gluten, MSG or artificial flavors. Certified by the Gluten-Free Certification Program, the seasoning is designed to simplify dinner prep: combine with ground meat or turkey, canned tomatoes and beans, simmer briefly, and finish with your favorite toppings. The blend aims for approachable heat so it’s easy to adapt for kids or adults who prefer milder chili.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I make a quick weeknight chili with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing chili with this McCormick mix is straightforward and fast. Brown your chosen ground meat or turkey, add the seasoning with canned tomatoes and beans, then simmer briefly—about ten minutes—for a complete meal in roughly 20 minutes total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrown 1 lb ground beef or turkey, drain excess fat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in 1 packet (1 oz) seasoning, plus one 14–15 oz can diced tomatoes and one can beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimmer 8–10 minutes until flavors meld; serve with toppings like cheese and onions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this seasoning safe for people who avoid gluten?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this product is verified by the Gluten-Free Certification Program, which tests for gluten to ensure compliance with strict standards. It contains no added MSG or artificial flavors, making it a straightforward option for households managing gluten restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-Free Certification Program verified for reliable gluten control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG or artificial flavors for simpler ingredient profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packet helps prevent cross-contamination at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow spicy is McCormick’s Gluten-Free Chili Seasoning, and can I adjust the heat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning provides a zesty chili pepper profile that aims for satisfying warmth without overwhelming heat. You can easily tailor the spiciness by adjusting the amount used, adding mild ingredients like tomato or beans, or including extra hot elements such as cayenne or jalapeño if you want more kick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eModerate heat level suitable for family meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse half a packet for milder flavor or add extra chili powder for more heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalance with dairy toppings (sour cream, cheese) to tone down spice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are simple serving ideas and recipe variations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond classic beef-and-beans chili, this mix adapts to vegetarian, turkey, slow-cooker and skillet versions. Try swapping meat for lentils or mixed beans, or finish with cornbread, baked potatoes or a chili cheese dip for casual entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian swap: replace meat with cooked lentils or extra beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurkey option: lean turkey gives a lighter, high-protein chili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-cooker variation: layer ingredients and cook on low 4–6 hours for deeper flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? McCormick Gluten-Free Chili Seasoning Mix (1 oz, pack of 12) is ideal for busy cooks who want a reliable, certified gluten-free shortcut to classic chili. It suits families, those managing gluten in their diet, and anyone who values quick, adaptable spice blends that produce consistent, crowd-pleasing results with minimal fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices and Herbs (Including Chili Pepper, Oregano and Cumin), Onion, Salt, Garlic, Modified Corn Starch \u0026amp; Green Bell Pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one 1 oz packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1 oz packet seasons about 1 pound of meat, yielding 4–6 servings depending on portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning for vegetarian chili?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Substitute cooked lentils or extra beans for meat and follow the same directions for a vegetarian chili.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002508988499,"sku":"B00ISMP2S2","price":103.83,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-front-packaging-gluten-free-chili-seasoning.jpg?v=1787189566"},{"product_id":"mccormick-beef-gravy-12-oz-pack-of-8-ready-to-serve-gluten-free","title":"McCormick Beef Gravy, 12 oz Pack of 8 — Ready-to-Serve, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Beef Gravy is a ready-to-serve, gluten-free beef sauce made from real beef stock, vegetables and McCormick herbs and spices for pouring over roasts, mashed potatoes and hot sandwiches.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 12 oz ready-to-serve beef gravy comes in a durable, non-breakable container with an easy-pour spout, packaged as a convenient 8-count case for kitchens that need reliable, consistent flavor. The recipe uses beef stock and vegetables, seasoned with McCormick spices, and contains no artificial flavors, no added MSG and no gluten — making it a simple pantry staple for holiday meals or everyday comfort dishes. Warm it on the stove or in the microwave and finish dishes with a rich, savory sauce without the time and fuss of making gravy from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I heat and serve McCormick Beef Gravy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWarming this ready-to-serve gravy takes just a few minutes and requires minimal cleanup. You can reheat it in a saucepan over low heat until it’s hot and smooth, or pour into a microwave-safe bowl and heat in short intervals, stirring between each until heated through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: Pour into a small pot and stir over low heat for 3–5 minutes until steaming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: Transfer to microwave-safe dish and heat 30–45 seconds, stir, repeat as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour control: Use the package’s easy-pour spout for accurate serving without spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHold temperature: Keep warm in a covered saucepan for buffet-style serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes pair best with this beef gravy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis gravy complements classic beef-forward recipes and everyday comfort foods, bringing a savory, seasoned finish to many meals. Use it to add moisture and deep flavor to meat-based dishes, or as a finishing sauce for sides that benefit from a meaty, herb-forward boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHot roast beef or roast pork sandwiches for a deli-style dip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShepherd’s pie or cottage pie as a flavorful binder for meat and vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMashed or roasted potatoes to transform plain sides into rich accompaniments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePot roast, meatloaf or steak slices for an easy dinner upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary notes should I know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick Beef Gravy is crafted from real beef stock and vegetables with McCormick herbs and spices. The formulation avoids artificial flavors, added MSG and gluten, making it suitable for guests avoiding gluten but not intended for those with specific beef allergies or strict dietary restrictions that exclude animal products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain components: beef stock, vegetable extracts and McCormick spice blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors and no added monosodium glutamate (MSG).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free: formulated to meet gluten-free labeling; always check packaging for certification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot vegetarian or vegan—contains real beef stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging help in busy kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe product arrives in a robust, non-breakable container with an easy-pour spout designed to minimize mess and speed service. The 12 oz size balances single-use convenience with portion control, and the 8-pack case is tailored for families, catering, or foodservice operations that need dependable gravy on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-breakable container resists cracking or leaking during transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy-pour spout reduces dripping and helps with precise plating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 oz size is convenient for smaller meals; pack of 8 supports bulk needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStackable cases optimize pantry or back-of-house storage space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks and foodservice operators who want a flavorful, ready-made beef gravy without gluten or artificial flavors. It’s a practical choice for families serving holiday roasts, weeknight dinners, sandwich shops, caterers, and anyone who values quick preparation, consistent taste and spill-resistant packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeef Stock, Modified Corn Starch, Potato Starch, Salt, Rice Flour, Yeast Extract, Caramel Color, Onion Powder, Cooked Vegetable Stock (Celery, Carrot, Onion), Natural Flavor \u0026amp; Spices and Herbs (Black Pepper, Bay Leaf, Thyme).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Beef Gravy gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this ready-to-serve gravy is formulated gluten-free; check the package for certification details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I microwave McCormick Beef Gravy?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—transfer to a microwave-safe container and heat in short intervals, stirring until hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002578391123,"sku":"B0722TYRX9","price":113.33,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-beef-gravy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787190651"},{"product_id":"mccormick-turkey-gravy-8-pack-8-x-12-oz-ready-to-serve-gluten-free-easy-pour-bottles","title":"McCormick Turkey Gravy 8-Pack (8 x 12 oz) — Ready-to-Serve, Gluten-Free, Easy-Pour Bottles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Turkey Gravy is a ready-to-serve, gluten-free turkey gravy made with real stock, vegetables and McCormick herbs and spices in an easy‑pour, non‑breakable bottle.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBring restaurant-style savory gravy to holiday dinners and weeknight meals with a convenient bottle that heats on the stovetop or in the microwave. Each 12 oz bottle in this 8-pack delivers a consistently seasoned gravy made without artificial flavors, without added MSG, and packaged for simple pouring and storage. Use it straight from the bottle to finish Thanksgiving turkey, spoon over mashed potatoes, or keep a few bottles on hand for quick comfort-food upgrades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I heat and serve McCormick Turkey Gravy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeating is fast and flexible—microwave for convenience or warm on the stove for a smooth finish. Either method brings the gravy to serving temperature without thinning or separating when stirred gently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave: pour into a microwave-safe bowl, heat 30–60 seconds, stir and reheat if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: pour into a small saucepan, heat over low-medium, whisk until smooth and warm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe: spoon over turkey, mashed potatoes, stuffing, or use as a hot sandwich topping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary attributes does this gravy have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick Turkey Gravy is crafted with real stock and vegetables plus McCormick herbs and spices; it contains no artificial flavors and no added monosodium glutamate (MSG). It’s the brand’s ready-to-serve option labeled gluten-free for people avoiding gluten-containing ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with stock, vegetables and McCormick herbs and spices for authentic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors and no added MSG listed on the label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation—check the label for updates and allergen statements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gravy comes in this pack and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing contains eight 12 oz bottles, a practical quantity for family gatherings or pantry stocking. Unopened bottles are shelf-stable; after opening, refrigerate and use within the timeframe noted on the label for best quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack size: 8 bottles × 12 oz each—ample for large meals or multiple uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: non-breakable bottle with an easy-pour spout to reduce mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: shelf-stable until opened; refrigerate after opening and follow label guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this gravy fit into meals and recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick Turkey Gravy is formulated to complement classic comfort dishes and to simplify finishing touches in recipes. It adds savory depth without extra prep time and pairs with poultry, potatoes, stuffing, casseroles and hot sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTraditional uses: drizzle over roasted or carved turkey and mashed potatoes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreative ideas: blend into casseroles, use as a pot roast baste, or heat as a sandwich sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortioning: one 12 oz bottle covers several servings; adjust by meal size and appetite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This eight-pack of McCormick Turkey Gravy is ideal for busy hosts, meal-prepping families, catering small events, or anyone who wants reliable, gluten-free gravy without the time or effort of making it from scratch. It suits shoppers looking for consistent flavor, easy preparation, and packaging designed to pour cleanly and store safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurkey Stock, Modified Corn Starch, Potato Starch, Salt, Rice Flour, Turkey, Yeast Extract, Natural Flavor, Chicken Stock, Onion Powder, Cooked Vegetable Stock (Celery, Carrot, Onion), Chicken Fat \u0026amp; Spices (Including Thyme, Sage, Black Pepper).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Turkey Gravy gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This ready-to-serve McCormick Turkey Gravy is labeled gluten-free. Always check the bottle label for current allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to add water or thickeners before serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The gravy is ready-to-serve—heat and serve as-is without adding water or thickening agents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002578882643,"sku":"B072HSJ34D","price":103.1,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-turkey-gravy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787190674"},{"product_id":"mccormick-salt-free-classic-blend-seasoning-packets-300-count-individual-no-sodium-sachets-for-reduced-sodium-diets","title":"McCormick Salt-Free Classic Blend Seasoning Packets, 300 Count — Individual No-Sodium Sachets for Reduced-Sodium Diets","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Salt-Free Classic Blend Packets are individually portioned, salt-free seasoning sachets that add bold, savory flavor to dishes without sodium.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese single-serve McCormick packets deliver a chef-formulated mix of herbs and spices—onion, garlic, orange peel and red pepper—designed to replace salt while keeping recipes bright and satisfying. Packed in a bulk box of 300, they’re built for foodservice, cafeterias, hospitals, and home use where portion control, hygiene and reduced-sodium options matter. The packets are kosher, free from added MSG, and engineered for easy tearing and quick use so guests and staff can season to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these packets change my cooking routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitching a pinch of table salt for a McCormick salt-free packet introduces layered flavor rather than pure saltiness, which can enhance vegetables, proteins and grains. Because each packet is pre-blended, you get consistent seasoning every time without measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet seasons a single serving or small side dish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a direct substitute in most savory recipes that call for salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEliminates the need for bulk shakers at tables or trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces sodium across menus without retraining flavor profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes benefit most from the Classic Blend Packets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe savory, slightly citrus-forward profile is versatile: it brightens roasted vegetables, enhances potatoes and complements grilled meats. It’s also ideal as a mix-in for creamy dips, marinades, and vinaigrettes where a salt-free boost is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted red-skin potatoes, pan-roasted chicken and steakhouse burgers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed into sour cream or yogurt for instant dips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStirred into soups, stews, casseroles and bean dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlended with olive oil and vinegar for quick dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose individually packaged 300-count boxes for my business?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulk boxes of single-serve packets offer hygiene, portion control, and reduced waste—important for busy service lines, patient trays, or retail displays. The count gives long-lasting inventory while keeping handling simple for staff and guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e300 packets per box for cost-effective supply management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for sanitary distribution and takeout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor with every packet, reducing recipe variation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packaging that fits condiment stations and storage shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these packets safe for special diets and regulated settings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—McCormick’s salt-free Classic Blend is formulated without added MSG and carries kosher certification, making it suitable for many restricted-diet environments. They’re a practical option in hospitals, retirement communities, and anywhere sodium intake is monitored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG; salt-free formulation for reduced-sodium diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified blend for broader dietary acceptance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed to meet hygiene standards in foodservice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for institutional meal planning and compliance needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Chefs, caterers, healthcare foodservice managers, and home cooks who need an easy, reliable way to cut sodium without sacrificing taste will find these McCormick Salt-Free Classic Blend Packets valuable. They suit businesses that require sanitary, portioned seasonings—restaurants, delis, schools, and retirement facilities—as well as households looking for a flavorful low-sodium alternative. With 300 packets in one box, you get dependable, restaurant-quality seasoning that helps meet dietary preferences and simplifies service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING RED PEPPER), ONION, GARLIC, ORANGE PEEL, CARROT, TOMATO, CORN SYRUP SOLIDS, CITRIC ACID, LEMON JUICE POWDER, AND LEMON OIL\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these seasoning packets truly salt-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. McCormick Salt-Free Classic Blend Packets contain no added sodium and are formulated as a salt-free seasoning alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets season one serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Typically one packet seasons a single serving or small side; adjust to taste for larger portions or stronger flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002605293651,"sku":"B07DKD1NZ1","price":104.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787191134"},{"product_id":"mccormick-golden-dipt-cracker-meal-seafood-fry-mix-10-oz-pack-of-8-crispy-golden-coating-for-fish-shrimp","title":"McCormick Golden Dipt Cracker Meal Seafood Fry Mix, 10 oz Pack of 8 — Crispy Golden Coating for Fish \u0026 Shrimp","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Golden Dipt Cracker Meal is a wheat flour-based fry mix that creates a golden, crisp crumb coating to lock in natural juices on fish, seafood, poultry and vegetables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for home cooks who want restaurant-style fried seafood without complicated prep, this 10 oz mix (sold as a pack of eight) blends seasonings and textured crumbs to form a consistent, crunchy shell. The mix works with a quick three-step method—moisten, coat, fry—and also doubles as a breadcrumb substitute for meatloaf, meatballs and other recipes. It’s formulated for dependable adhesion and even browning whether you’re frying shrimp, tilapia, scallops or vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use McCormick Golden Dipt Cracker Meal for perfect fried seafood?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFollow a simple three-step routine for an even, crisp coating that helps seal in moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStep 1: Lightly moisten seafood or protein so the mix adheres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStep 2: Dredge in the cracker meal until evenly coated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStep 3: Fry in hot oil until golden brown and cooked through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a thicker crust, dip fish first in a mixture of 3 tablespoons milk and 2 beaten eggs; this adds extra adhesion and a richer crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich foods work best with this cracker meal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is versatile and complements a range of ingredients, creating a crunchy exterior while preserving internal juices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhite fish like tilapia, cod and catfish for mild-flavored fillets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShrimp, scallops and shucked oysters for shellfish with delicate texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft-shell crab and battered vegetables such as zucchini and onion rings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAs a breadcrumb swap in meatloaf or meatball recipes to add crispness and seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat frying tips help achieve a uniformly golden crust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eControlling oil temperature and preparation steps are the main factors for consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreheat oil to the recommended frying temperature (typically 350–375°F) before adding coated pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid overcrowding the pan to maintain steady oil temperature and even browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrain fried items on a wire rack to retain crispness, not on paper towels which can steam the coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust cooking time by piece size—smaller pieces cook faster, larger fillets need more time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I adapt the mix for different recipes or dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the product is wheat flour–based, several practical swaps and methods expand its use across dishes and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the mix as a seasoned breadcrumb replacement in baked casseroles and meat mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor a heartier crust, combine with crushed crackers or panko in a 1:1 ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTo reduce oil absorption, fry at proper temperature and briefly blot excess oil after frying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot suitable for gluten-free diets due to wheat flour; consider alternative gluten-free mixes if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and small restaurants seeking an easy-to-use fry mix that delivers consistent crunch and golden color on seafood, poultry and vegetables will find McCormick Golden Dipt Cracker Meal especially useful. It’s ideal for people who want quick prep, reliable adhesion and a flavorful crumb coating without custom seasoning blends. Because it also functions as a breadcrumb substitute, it suits cooks who value multi-purpose pantry items and want to streamline weeknight dinners or prepare larger batches for gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnriched Bleached Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Whey (Milk), and Dextrose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Golden Dipt Cracker Meal gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. This mix is wheat flour–based and contains gluten, so it’s not suitable for gluten-free diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I bake instead of fry when using this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It can be used for baking, though frying gives a crispier, golden crust; bake at high heat for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002607915091,"sku":"B07F2G41GL","price":107.97,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-golden-dipt-front-packaging_76328991-ba89-4321-b7e2-c91bbe9734b4.jpg?v=1787191171"},{"product_id":"mccormick-one-sheet-pan-chicken-vegetables-seasoning-mix-1-25-oz-pack-of-12-one-pan-30-min-meals","title":"McCormick ONE Sheet Pan Chicken \u0026 Vegetables Seasoning Mix, 1.25 oz Pack of 12 — One‑Pan 30‑Min Meals","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick ONE Sheet Pan Farmer's Market Chicken \u0026amp; Vegetables Seasoning Mix is an all-in-one spice blend designed to turn chicken and any fresh vegetables into a flavorful one-pan dinner in about 30 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 1.25 oz packet (available in a convenient 12-pack) brings classic, balanced seasoning to weeknight meals without fuss. The mix was created to pair easily with whatever produce is in season—bell peppers and zucchini in summer, or Brussels sprouts and root vegetables in colder months—so you can adapt recipes to taste and pantry contents. Because everything roasts together on a single baking sheet, cleanup is faster and prep time is shorter, making it ideal for busy evenings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning simplify my weeknight dinners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick ONE eliminates recipe guesswork by supplying a measured blend that seasons both protein and vegetables. Toss the mix with oil, chicken, and chopped veggies, then roast; the result is a harmonized, ready-to-serve meal with minimal active time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-measured 1.25 oz packet for a single sheet-pan meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with boneless chicken breasts or thighs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne-pan cooking reduces prep and cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady in roughly 30 minutes from start to table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vegetables and proteins pair best with this blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning is formulated to complement a wide range of produce and proteins. In warm months, try peppers, zucchini, and tomatoes; in cooler months, swap in Brussels sprouts, carrots, or sweet potatoes, and you can easily replace chicken with pork or a hearty vegetarian protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSummer: bell peppers, zucchini, cherry tomatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWinter: Brussels sprouts, carrots, root vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein swaps: chicken, pork chops, or firm tofu\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust oil and roasting time to match chosen ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the practical steps to make a sheet-pan meal with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward: preheat the oven, toss chicken and chopped vegetables with oil and the seasoning mix, spread evenly on a sheet pan, and roast until cooked through. The blend is designed to brown and caramelize vegetables while seasoning the chicken for balanced flavor throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreheat oven to recommended temperature for your protein\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss ingredients with 1.25 oz seasoning and 1–2 tablespoons oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArrange in a single layer on a rimmed sheet pan for even cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoast until meat reaches safe temperature and vegetables are tender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 12-pack to keep flavors fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened packets in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight to preserve aroma and potency. Use the packets sequentially—one per meal—so the seasoning stays at peak flavor and you always have a quick dinner option on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a sealed container or pantry shelf, away from heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach 1.25 oz packet seasons one sheet-pan meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within package-recommended timeframe for best flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for meal planning—12 packets equals roughly 12 dinners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this seasoning mix for? Home cooks who want dependable, speedy dinners without sacrificing flavor will appreciate McCormick ONE Sheet Pan Farmer's Market Chicken \u0026amp; Vegetables Seasoning Mix. It suits busy parents, small households, anyone learning to cook, and meal planners looking to streamline weeknight cooking with adaptable seasoning that plays well with whatever produce is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic, Onion, Salt, Demerara Sugar, Herbs and Spices (Including Paprika, Parsley, Oregano), Carrot, Corn Maltodextrin, Citric Acid, Yeast Extract, Gum Arabic, Red Bell Pepper, Silicon Dioxide (to Make Free Flowing), Beer (Malted Barley, Corn Syrup, Hops, Yeast), Mushroom, Natural Flavor (Including Barley), \u0026amp; Whiskey Solids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many meals does one 1.25 oz packet season?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1.25 oz packet seasons one sheet-pan meal for about four servings, depending on portion sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mix with vegetables only for a vegetarian meal?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Toss the mix with oil and a variety of vegetables, then roast; increase oil slightly for richer vegetable caramelization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002633310291,"sku":"B07Q4Z2N2H","price":90.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-one-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787191572"},{"product_id":"mccormick-aji-amarillo-seasoning-24-oz-chef-grade-peruvian-blend-tropical-smoky-medium-heat","title":"McCormick Aji Amarillo Seasoning 24 oz — Chef-Grade Peruvian Blend, Tropical \u0026 Smoky, Medium Heat","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Aji Amarillo Seasoning is a 24 oz chef-grade blend inspired by the Peruvian aji amarillo pepper, offering tropical fruit notes, oak smoke, garlic, onion and a comfortable medium chile heat to elevate seafood, poultry, vegetables and sauces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2025 Flavor of the Year from McCormick captures the bright, fruity character of aji amarillo—often described as passion fruit and mango—with balancing savory and smoky layers. Formulated for kitchen professionals but simple enough for home cooks, the seasoning brings a trending South American chile profile into everyday dishes without overwhelming heat. It’s designed to be versatile: use it as a dry rub, a finishing sprinkle, or a base for marinades, dressings and cocktails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile does this seasoning bring to dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a lively mix of tropical fruitiness and savory depth. The aji amarillo pepper provides sweet, tangy fruit notes while oak smoke adds a subtle char and garlic and onion create foundational savory balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary notes: passion-fruit and mango-like fruitiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupporting tastes: roasted garlic and sweet onion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmokiness: gentle oak-smoked undertone for savory depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat level: medium, approachable for most palates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use Aji Amarillo seasoning in the kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend is built to be multi-purpose—sprinkle it on proteins, fold it into sauces, or mix it into dressings and salsas. It enhances both quick weeknight meals and composed restaurant-style plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood: rub or finish on shrimp, scallops and fish for bright, layered flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePoultry \u0026amp; meat: use as a dry rub or combine with oil for marinades\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables \u0026amp; grains: toss roasted veggies or roasted potatoes to add tropical warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCondiments \u0026amp; drinks: stir into mayonnaise, vinaigrettes, ceviche, or cocktail rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the heat manageable for everyday diners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the aji amarillo’s heat is classified as medium and is more fruity than fiercely spicy. It adds warmth rather than aggressive burn, making it suitable for families and menus seeking bold taste without extreme capsaicin intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMedium chile heat that complements flavors rather than dominating them\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruity profile softens perceived spiciness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well when blended into sauces to distribute heat evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust intensity by quantity or by combining with dairy or oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose McCormick’s Flavor of the Year version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick’s Flavor Forecast identifies emerging global tastes; this aji amarillo blend is a chef-tested formulation aimed at consistent, reliable flavor delivery. The 24 oz size is practical for busy kitchens and serious home cooks wanting to experiment with trending ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChef-formulated blend for repeatable results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 24 oz package suited to frequent use or commercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePart of McCormick’s Flavor Forecast heritage—curated for trend-forward cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use mix reduces prep time while expanding flavor range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks exploring global flavors, professional kitchens updating seasonal menus, and foodservice operators looking to introduce a trending Peruvian chile profile will find McCormick Aji Amarillo Seasoning useful. It’s ideal for anyone seeking a fruity, smoky seasoning with medium heat that can be sprinkled, mixed, or blended into a wide range of dishes—from quick weeknight dinners to plated entrees and creative cocktails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGARLIC, SEA SALT, ONION, AJI AMARILLO CHILI PEPPER, DEMERARA SUGAR, HERBS AND SPICES (INCLUDING PARSLEY, PAPRIKA, TURMERIC), TOMATO POWDER, MANGO POWDER, CITRIC ACID, NATURAL FLAVOR (INCLUDING OAK SMOKE) \u0026amp; EXTRACTIVES OF CAPSICUM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What dishes pair best with McCormick Aji Amarillo Seasoning?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Seafood, grilled poultry, roasted vegetables, ceviche, sauces, and cocktails all gain bright, fruity, smoky flavor with medium heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How spicy is the aji amarillo blend?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: It has a medium, approachable heat—more warm and fruity than intensely hot—adjustable by usage amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002819694675,"sku":"B0DVVYYVP8","price":95.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-front-label-aji-amarillo-24oz.jpg?v=1787195835"},{"product_id":"mccormick-cake-batter-flavor-2-fl-oz-pack-of-6-concentrated-shelf-stable-flavor-for-baking-frosting","title":"McCormick Cake Batter Flavor 2 fl oz Pack of 6 — Concentrated, Shelf-Stable Flavor for Baking \u0026 Frosting","description":"\u003cb\u003eMcCormick Cake Batter Flavor is a concentrated, shelf-stable liquid that delivers classic birthday-cake taste to baked goods, frostings, drinks, and desserts.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwap ordinary vanilla for a playful, bakery-like flavor with this 2 fl oz bottle from McCormick, sold as a convenient pack of six. Formulated to mimic freshly baked cake batter, it blends smoothly into batters, frostings, ice creams, and beverages, letting you add a nostalgic sweet note without changing recipe texture or structure. The product is artificially flavored and shelf-stable, stored at room temperature in a compact plastic bottle—handy for home bakers and small commercial kitchens alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this flavor change my everyday baking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse McCormick Cake Batter Flavor anywhere you’d normally add vanilla to introduce a richer, cakey aroma and taste. It’s potent enough to transform cookies, cupcakes, pancakes, and blondies without altering moisture levels or baking performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute one-to-one for vanilla extract in most recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd a tablespoon to frosting for an intensified birthday-cake hit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into batter with sprinkles for colorful, flavored results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are simple ways to use it beyond standard cakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond classic baking, the flavor works well in no-bake treats and beverages—fold it into homemade ice cream, swirl it through milkshakes, or mix into pancake batter for festive weekend breakfasts. It pairs especially well with dairy bases and sweet mix-ins like chocolate chips or fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ice cream custard or base for instant cake-inspired ice cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with milk and ice for gourmet milkshakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhisk into yogurt, pudding, or cream cheese for flavored spreads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and measure this flavor for consistent results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2 fl oz bottles are shelf-stable and best kept in a cool, dry place away from direct heat or sunlight. Measure carefully—this concentrated flavor works in small amounts, so start with the recommended substitution ratios and adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at ambient temperature in pantry or cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse one-to-one with McCormick Pure Vanilla Extract in recipes for a simple swap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBegin with the recipe’s vanilla量, then add more in ¼-teaspoon increments if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill using cake batter flavor affect texture or baking chemistry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo—this flavor is designed to add aroma and taste without changing batter consistency, leavening, or bake times. It’s an additive for flavor only, so follow your recipe’s wet-to-dry ratios and baking temperatures as usual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need to alter baking times or oven temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains original batter viscosity and rise when used in recommended amounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with both home ovens and small-scale commercial production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: McCormick Cake Batter Flavor is aimed at home bakers, small-batch producers, and anyone wanting to add a nostalgic, birthday-cake twist to sweet recipes without extra steps. It’s ideal for busy bakers who want bold cake taste quickly—in cookies, frostings, pancakes, ice creams, and beverages—while preserving their tried-and-true recipe structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Propylene Glycol, Artificial and Natural Flavor, Gum Tragacanth, Fd\u0026amp;c Yellow 5, and Fd\u0026amp;c Red 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use cake batter flavor instead of vanilla extract?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Substitute one-to-one for vanilla extract in most recipes, then adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to refrigerate the flavor after opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The product is shelf-stable—store it at room temperature away from heat and sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002970394707,"sku":"B000B6MU74","price":91.08,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-cake-batter-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787200698"},{"product_id":"mccormick-mayonesa-lime-mayonnaise-125-fl-oz-mexican-style-creamy-spread-with-bright-lime-flavor","title":"McCormick Mayonesa Lime Mayonnaise 125 fl oz — Mexican-style creamy spread with bright lime flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Mayonesa with Lime Juice is a creamy Mexican-style mayonnaise flavored with fresh lime for a tangy finish that livens up tacos, sandwiches, salads and elotes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Mexico and celebrated as a favorite household condiment, McCormick Mayonesa blends a smooth, velvety texture with a bright lime note so familiar in Mexican kitchens. This 125 fl oz size is ideal for families, foodservice, or anyone who uses mayonnaise as a foundational ingredient and wants a citrus lift without mixing additional ingredients. Use it straight from the jar as a spread, a dip base, or a finishing touch for grilled corn and street-style tacos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this lime mayonnaise change everyday sandwiches?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSwapping regular mayo for McCormick Mayonesa with Lime Juice adds an immediate zesty layer that complements meats, cheeses, and grilled vegetables. The lime keeps richer fillings tasting lighter and adds a subtle brightness that pairs particularly well with smoked or roasted flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a spread for turkey, ham, roast beef, or grilled chicken sandwiches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with chopped herbs for a quick citrus-herb sandwich aioli.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with chipotle or hot sauce to make a creamy spicy spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes it a good choice for Mexican dishes like tacos and elotes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick Mayonesa is crafted in Mexico to match traditional flavor profiles—its lime-forward taste complements the smoky, spicy, and savory notes common in Mexican cuisine. It balances chile heat, enhances salsas, and brings a cooling, tangy finish to street-style plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpoon or drizzle over tacos, tortas, and quesadillas for added moisture and acidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpread on grilled corn (elotes) for authentic Mexican street-corn flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold into slaws and salads to brighten heavy or spicy components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this mayonnaise in recipes beyond Mexican cuisine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough rooted in Mexican flavor, the lime note in this mayo makes it versatile across global recipes. It enhances seafood salads, cold pasta dishes, and grilled or roasted vegetables, bringing a refreshing contrast to richer ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into potato, tuna, or chicken salads for a citrus-accented creaminess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a base for dressings and dips—add herbs, garlic, or mustard as desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with burgers and pulled pork to cut through richness with a bright tang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve the 125 fl oz jar for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the jar refrigerated after opening to preserve freshness and the vibrant lime flavor. For foodservice or busy households, portion the mayo into smaller containers for daily use to minimize exposure and maintain consistent taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate immediately after opening and seal tightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse clean utensils to avoid contamination and extend shelf life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor large gatherings, transfer to a serving bowl and return the jar to the fridge between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? McCormick Mayonesa with Lime Juice is designed for home cooks, street-food vendors, caterers, and families who want a ready-made, citrus-enhanced mayonnaise that complements both traditional Mexican dishes and everyday favorites. It suits anyone looking to add immediate bright flavor without extra prep—especially those who appreciate authentic Mexican-produced condiments and prefer a mayonnaise that does double duty as a spread, dip base, and finishing sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoybean Oil, Egg Yolks, Water, Distilled Vinegar, Sugar, Iodized Salt, Spices, Lime Juice Concentrate, Disodium EDTA (Added to Protect Flavor), Extractives of Paprika, Natural Flavor, and Extractives of Red Pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Mayonesa with Lime Juice spicy?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, it is not spicy; the flavor profile is creamy with a bright lime tang, not heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mayonnaise for potato salad?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—mix it into potato salad for a citrus-accented creaminess that lightens rich ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003032752211,"sku":"B0DFMWLTT8","price":110.47,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-mayonesa-jar-front.jpg?v=1787202158"},{"product_id":"mccormick-chicken-gravy-pack-of-8-12-oz-ready-to-serve-gluten-free-containers-with-easy-pour-spouts","title":"McCormick Chicken Gravy Pack of 8 — 12 oz Ready-to-Serve Gluten-Free Containers with Easy-Pour Spouts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Simply Better Chicken Gravy is a ready-to-serve, gluten-free chicken gravy made from real chicken stock, vegetables, and McCormick herbs and spices for rich, homestyle flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack of eight 12-ounce containers delivers dependable, savory gravy without artificial flavors, added MSG, or gluten. Formulated to heat quickly on the stove or in the microwave and packaged in a non-breakable container with an easy-pour spout, it’s designed for busy cooks who want consistent results for weeknight dinners, holiday spreads, and recipes that call for a flavorful chicken gravy base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this gravy simplify holiday and weeknight cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick’s ready-to-serve format removes the need to make gravy from scratch while preserving a homemade taste thanks to real chicken stock and vegetables. Heat-and-serve convenience saves time without sacrificing the savory notes you expect from a traditional gravy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady in minutes: microwave or stovetop reheating options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-breakable container with pour spout for neat serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across multiple servings—ideal for large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary features should I know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gravy is crafted from recognizable ingredients like chicken stock, vegetables, and McCormick herbs and spices. It contains no artificial flavors, no added MSG, and is labeled as the brand’s gluten-free ready-to-serve gravy, which can simplify meal planning for households avoiding gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors and no added MSG listed on the label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation—suitable where gluten avoidance is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real chicken stock and vegetables for authentic taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn what ways can I use this chicken gravy beyond pouring over poultry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile excellent over roasted chicken and mashed potatoes, this gravy also doubles as a flavorful binder or sauce in prepared dishes. Use it to enrich casseroles, add moisture to pot pies, or incorporate it into quick pan sauces for rice and pasta bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into chicken pot pie or casseroles as a savory filling base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a finishing sauce for roasted vegetables or grain bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with pan drippings for an elevated stovetop gravy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the packaging designed for practical kitchen use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12-ounce containers come in a durable, non-breakable package that features an easy-pour spout to reduce spills and make portioning simpler. The single-serve size is convenient to store, use across multiple meals, or bring to potlucks and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy-pour spout minimizes mess when serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-breakable packaging is safer than glass for transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12-ounce size works well for individual meals or small family portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? McCormick Simply Better Chicken Gravy is aimed at home cooks, busy families, and entertainers who want a reliable, savory gravy without the time investment of making it from scratch. It’s also a practical choice for anyone seeking a gluten-free, ready-to-serve option that still uses real ingredients and recognizable seasonings from a trusted brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChicken Stock, Modified Corn Starch, Potato Starch, Salt, Rice Flour, Yeast Extract, Natural Flavor, Cooked Vegetable Stock (Celery, Carrot, Onion), Chicken Fat \u0026amp; Spices (Including Thyme, Black Pepper, Celery Seed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Simply Better Chicken Gravy gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This ready-to-serve gravy is labeled gluten-free, with no added gluten-containing ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I reheat the gravy?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Heat on the stove over low heat, stirring until warm, or microwave in a microwave-safe dish in short intervals, stirring between each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003048087635,"sku":"B071DZFX3S","price":108.72,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-chicken-gravy-front-packaging_f2c526b0-dc55-4d27-96e7-a8aec7756536.jpg?v=1787202902"},{"product_id":"mccormick-rotisserie-chicken-seasoning-5-oz-pack-of-6-gluten-free-no-added-msg","title":"McCormick Rotisserie Chicken Seasoning, 5 oz Pack of 6 — Gluten-Free, No Added MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Perfect Pinch Rotisserie Chicken Seasoning is a ready-to-use blend that delivers slow-roasted, rotisserie-style flavor to chicken and other proteins without a rotisserie.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the golden color, savory aroma and comforting blend of herbs and spices that usually come from a rotisserie oven—without special equipment—this seasoning gives you an easy shortcut. The mix balances onion, garlic and complementary spices to create a broad, crowd-pleasing profile that works on whole birds, pieces and other proteins. It's gluten-free and made without added MSG, packaged here as a convenient 5 oz bottle sold in a six-pack for consistent pantry supply or foodservice use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning to get rotisserie-like results at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApply the seasoning liberally to skin and cavities of whole chickens, or evenly over parts before roasting, baking or grilling. For crisp skin and deep brown color, roast at a moderate-to-high oven temperature and baste or use a light oil to help the spice blend adhere and caramelize.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePat poultry dry, rub with oil, then coat with seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoast at 375–425°F for golden color and flavorful crust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on chicken parts, whole birds, or mixed with mayo for chicken salad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this seasoning on foods other than chicken?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the seasoning's savory onion, garlic and spice mix complements a wide range of proteins and vegetables. It enhances salmon, pork and roasted vegetables, and can be stirred into dressings, marinades or sprinkling blends for extra depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on salmon fillets before baking or broiling for a savory finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub into pork chops or roast for a quick flavor boost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into mayonnaise or yogurt to make an instant sandwich or dip spread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the ingredient and dietary highlights I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend centers on onion, garlic and a complementary mix of spices designed to mimic slow-roasted rotisserie flavors. It’s formulated without added MSG and is gluten free, making it suitable for many home kitchens and foodservice operations seeking a straightforward seasoning option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain flavor notes: onion, garlic and savory spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and no added MSG.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use 5 oz bottles, sold in packs of six for consistent supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much seasoning should I use per recipe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse enough to evenly cover the surface of the protein—you'll typically need 1–2 teaspoons per chicken breast or 1–2 tablespoons for a whole 4–5 lb bird, adjusting for taste. Start light and add more as needed; the blend is designed to enhance without overpowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken breasts: ~1–2 tsp each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhole chicken (4–5 lb): ~1–2 tbsp total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFish or pork: sprinkle to taste, about 1 tsp per serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks who want dependable rotisserie-style flavor without special appliances, busy families seeking a quick seasoning shortcut, foodservice operators needing a consistent, shelf-stable blend, and anyone looking to expand simple recipes with a savory, crowd-pleasing spice mix. The multi-pack format is ideal for regular use, catering, or stocking a pantry for frequent meal prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Onion, Spices, Paprika, Garlic, and Citric Acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Perfect Pinch Rotisserie Chicken Seasoning gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the seasoning is labeled gluten free and contains no added MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning on fish and pork?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—it's versatile and works well on salmon, pork, vegetables, and in spreads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003160023123,"sku":"B00ZGT808Y","price":86.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-rotisserie-front-pack.jpg?v=1787207118"},{"product_id":"mccormick-steak-seasoning-7-oz-pack-of-6-perfect-pinch-blend-no-added-msg-gluten-free","title":"McCormick Steak Seasoning 7 oz Pack of 6 – Perfect Pinch blend, no added MSG \u0026 gluten free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Perfect Pinch Steak Seasoning is a ready-to-use blend that adds bold, savory steakhouse flavor to steaks, burgers, roasts, and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePulling restaurant-style flavor into a home kitchen is simple with this 7 oz bottle of McCormick Perfect Pinch Steak Seasoning, sold here as a convenient six-pack. The mix combines real McCormick spices — like black pepper, paprika, onion, garlic and celery seed — so you can finish steaks or season weeknight proteins quickly. Packaged in an easy-dispense flip-top bottle, it’s formulated without added MSG and is gluten free, making it a versatile pantry staple for busy cooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this seasoning to get steakhouse results at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a classic finish, pat steaks dry, sprinkle seasoning generously on both sides, then grill, broil, or pan-sear to your preferred doneness. The spices create a flavorful crust while complementing the meat’s natural juices. It also works as a finishing sprinkle after resting to heighten the aroma and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse before cooking to build a flavorful crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with a light oil rub for even coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason burgers and roasts the same way for consistent flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this blend on foods other than steak?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the seasoning’s savory profile pairs well with many proteins and vegetables. Try it on chicken, pork, roasted potatoes, or even mixed into meatloaf for added depth. Its balanced blend of onion, garlic, and pepper enhances both bold and mild dishes without overpowering them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on chicken breasts before baking or grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with potatoes and oil for roasted sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ground meat for seasoned burgers or meatballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the key ingredients and dietary notes for this seasoning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix highlights real McCormick spices including black pepper, paprika, onion, garlic and celery seed, delivering a complex savory profile. It is labeled gluten free and contains no added MSG, making it suitable for those avoiding those ingredients. Always check the bottle label for the most current ingredient and allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains black pepper, paprika, onion, garlic, celery seed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free and manufactured without added MSG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in a flip-top bottle for measured dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much seasoning should I use and how do I store the bottles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with a light sprinkle — roughly 1\/2 to 1 teaspoon per serving — then adjust to taste. For larger cuts or bolder flavor, use more to coat evenly. Store the bottles in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat or sunlight to preserve spice potency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse 1\/2–1 teaspoon per average steak serving as a starting point\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply more for thicker cuts or stronger flavor preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed and stored in a cool, dry place to maintain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want consistent steakhouse-style seasoning without fuss will appreciate McCormick Perfect Pinch Steak Seasoning. It’s ideal for families, meal-preppers, and anyone who cooks beef, poultry, or roasted vegetables regularly and prefers a reliable, pre-blended spice option. The six-pack format suits households that cook frequently or kitchens that want backup bottles for different stations — grill, pantry, and travel for picnics or tailgates — while keeping a gluten-free, no-added-MSG choice on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Onion, Garlic, Black Pepper, Paprika \u0026amp; Celery Seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Perfect Pinch Steak Seasoning gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this seasoning is labeled gluten free and contains no added MSG. Check the bottle for any updates or allergen statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning on vegetables and chicken?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. It works well on roasted potatoes, chicken, pork, and more to add savory steakhouse flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003160252499,"sku":"B00ZGSTAOS","price":106.94,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-steak-seasoning-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207117"},{"product_id":"mccormick-brown-gravy-mix-6-lb-club-bag-savory-onion-garlic-flavor-no-added-msg-lump-free-instant-gravy","title":"McCormick Brown Gravy Mix 6 lb club bag — savory onion \u0026 garlic flavor, no added MSG, lump-free instant gravy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Brown Gravy Mix is a ready-to-mix savory gravy powder that makes smooth, flavorful brown gravy in minutes without artificial flavors or added MSG.*\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 6 lb club-size bag supplies a pantry staple for family meals and larger gatherings, formulated with McCormick spices plus onion and garlic for rich, rounded flavor. The powder dissolves into a lump-free sauce when whisked with water, boiled briefly and simmered, giving you an easy finishing touch for roast beef, meatloaf, mashed potatoes, casseroles and more. Packaged for frequent use, it also works as a base for stews and pot roasts when you want consistent results fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I make gravy with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can turn the powdered mix into gravy in just minutes. Combine the mix with water in a saucepan, bring it to a boil while stirring, then simmer for about a minute to thicken and develop flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrep time typically under 5 minutes from powder to pourable gravy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need for roux or separate thickeners—just water and heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture when whisked to remove lumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks on stovetop; suitable for reheating and finishing sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat meals does McCormick Brown Gravy Mix pair well with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis brown gravy is designed to complement classic savory dishes and sides without overpowering them. It shines over roast meats and hearty sandwiches, and it elevates mashed potatoes, stuffing and egg noodles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect with roast beef, meatloaf, hot turkey or roast pork\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a finishing sauce for casseroles and pot roasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour over mashed potatoes, stuffing, rice or buttered noodles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into stews for extra depth when desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s inside the mix and are there any additives I should know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula combines McCormick spices with onion and garlic for savory flavor, and it’s marketed without artificial flavors or added MSG.* It’s a powdered sauce base that relies on simple pantry steps to produce traditional brown gravy taste and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoned with McCormick spice blend plus onion and garlic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG; only naturally occurring glutamates may be present*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial flavoring according to the product labeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry mix format allows long shelf life when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gravy does the 6 lb club bag yield and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6 lb package is sized for frequent home cooks, buffets and small foodservice needs, giving many servings from one bag. Keep the powder in a cool, dry place and reseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge-volume bag suitable for families, parties, or kitchens with regular gravy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYield depends on recipe ratios—follow package directions for portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed in pantry or in an airtight jar after opening to prevent moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life as a dry mix when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks, caterers and food-service buyers who want a reliable, easy-to-prepare brown gravy in bulk will appreciate the McCormick Brown Gravy Mix 6 lb. It suits anyone looking for consistent, savory results without spending extra time on sauce-making—ideal for busy weeknights, holiday dinners and any meal where a classic brown gravy completes the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003e*Except naturally occurring glutamates. See packaging for full ingredient and allergen information.\u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Wheat Starch, Salt, Palm Oil, Onion, Caramel Color, Hydrolyzed Corn Gluten, Soy Protein and Wheat Gluten, Rendered Beef Fat, Corn Syrup Solids, Sodium Caseinate (Milk), Spices (Including White Pepper, Celery Seed), Dipotassium Phosphate, Garlic, Disodium Inosinate and Guanylate (Flavor Enhancers), Extractives of Paprika, Beef Fat, Enriched Bleached Flour (Wheat Flour, Malt Barley Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Natural Flavor \u0026amp; Citric Acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I prepare McCormick Brown Gravy Mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Whisk the powder with water in a saucepan, bring to a boil while stirring, then simmer about one minute until thickened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this gravy mix contain added MSG or artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No added MSG and no artificial flavors are listed on the packaging; only naturally occurring glutamates may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003160678483,"sku":"B005HUWCDG","price":112.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-brown-gravy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207135"},{"product_id":"mccormick-street-corn-taco-seasoning-mix-1-oz-packets-12-elote-inspired-flavor-no-msg","title":"McCormick Street Corn Taco Seasoning Mix — 1 oz Packets (12), Elote-Inspired Flavor, No MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Mexican Style Street Corn Taco Seasoning Mix is a 1 oz packet that turns grilled-corn–inspired elote into a flavorful taco filling—packaged here as a convenient 12-count multipack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoning mix blends classic Mexican street-corn flavors with savory taco spices to create an easy, crowd-pleasing mash-up. Use it to season sautéed corn and chicken (or shrimp) for quick tacos, or sprinkle it into side dishes and bowls to add bold, familiar flavor. Each 1 oz packet is designed for a single use, and the pack of 12 keeps you stocked for multiple meals, parties, or weekly Taco Tuesdays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning to make street corn tacos fast?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing the taco filling is straightforward and designed for speed—ready in about 15 minutes. Sauté corn with part of the packet, mix with mayo to make the elote-style topping, then cook chicken with the remaining seasoning and assemble into warm tortillas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSauté fresh, frozen, or canned corn with 1\/3 of the packet, then mix with mayonnaise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCook sliced chicken breasts with remaining seasoning until done.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpoon chicken into tortillas, top with the seasoned corn mixture and finish with cheese and cilantro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I top these tacos with for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBright, contrasting toppings lift the savory corn and seasoned protein—think salty cheese, fresh herbs, creamy avocado, and citrus. These additions add texture, freshness, and balance to the rich, savory seasoning profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrumbled Cotija, Parmesan, or feta for salty, tangy finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFresh cilantro and thinly sliced jalapeño for herbal and spicy notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvocado slices and lime wedges to add creaminess and acidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptional hot sauce or a drizzle of crema for extra richness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this mix with proteins or corn alternatives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this mix is versatile. While the package example uses chicken, you can swap in shrimp, firm fish, pulled pork, or make a vegetarian version using roasted cauliflower or mushrooms for a similar savory experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShrimp: quick-cook and toss with seasoning for 5–7 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFish: firm fillets work well when pan-seared and seasoned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian: roast cauliflower or mushrooms and stir in seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse any corn: fresh, frozen, or canned all absorb the flavors nicely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there anything notable about the ingredients or packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix contains classic spice components crafted to replicate the flavors of Mexican street corn without added MSG. Single-use 1 oz packets are portioned for convenience and consistent flavor across meals, and the 12-pack helps with meal planning or entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG added—formulated for straightforward pantry use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne-ounce packets for single-recipe convenience and minimal waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 12 keeps multiple meals or gatherings covered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks equally well with fresh, frozen, or canned ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you want to elevate taco night with a simple, bold-flavored shortcut, this McCormick seasoning pack is for busy cooks, party hosts, and anyone who likes the taste of Mexican-style street corn in taco form. It’s a practical choice for families, meal-preppers, and cooks wanting to experiment with shrimp, chicken, or vegetarian fillings without mixing multiple spices from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does it take to make tacos with this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 15 minutes from start to finish when sautéing corn and cooking chicken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use frozen corn with this seasoning?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—fresh, frozen, or canned corn all work well with the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003181355091,"sku":"B0CYVCSQR3","price":62.45,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-street-corn-taco-seasoning-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207854"},{"product_id":"mccormick-bacn-pieces-bacon-flavored-bits-4-4-oz-6-pack-smoky-crunchy-meat-free-bacon-substitute","title":"McCormick Bac'n Pieces Bacon Flavored Bits, 4.4 oz (6-Pack) — Smoky, Crunchy Meat-Free Bacon Substitute","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Bac'n Pieces are crunchy, bacon-flavored bits made from textured soy flour that deliver a salty, smoky, meat-free bacon taste and crisp texture to salads, potatoes, pastas, and snacks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the crunchy, savory pop of bacon without real pork, McCormick Bac'n Pieces provide a convenient pantry option. These artificially flavored bacon bits imitate the flavor and texture of cooked bacon while remaining meat-free and kosher pareve. Packaged in 4.4 ounce containers sold as a 6-pack, they’re designed for frequent use on everything from baked potatoes to party appetizers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these Bac'n Pieces add flavor and texture to everyday dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey recreate bacon’s salty, smoky flavor and crisp mouthfeel using seasoned textured soy flour. Because they’re dry and crunchy, a light sprinkle adds immediate contrast to soft or creamy foods without altering moisture levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrunchy texture mimics fried bacon bits for contrast on salads and potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmoky, salty seasoning layers flavor without cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry granules preserve crispness on hot or cold dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a quick garnish—no prep or refrigeration required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use Bac'n Pieces in vegetarian or kosher recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. McCormick Bac'n Pieces are made from soy flour and carry Orthodox Union kosher pareve certification, making them suitable for many vegetarian and kosher diets. They are an easy swap when you want bacon-style taste without animal products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoy-based—meat-free alternative for vegetarian and vegan dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified Kosher pareve by the Orthodox Union\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for plant-forward recipes that need smoky crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for events with mixed dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich dishes and recipes benefit most from Bac'n Pieces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re a flexible topper and mix-in for a wide range of foods. Use them to finish hot casseroles, cold pasta salads, creamy soups, or simple snack platters—anywhere a savory crisp is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on baked potatoes, deviled eggs, and loaded nachos\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into pasta salads, chowders, and potato salads for added bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop pizzas, tacos, and dips to introduce smoky-salty notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish green salads and grain bowls for texture contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and portion the Bac'n Pieces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the containers sealed and stored in a cool, dry place to preserve crunch and flavor. Because a little goes a long way, start with a light sprinkle and adjust to taste; each 4.4 oz jar offers many servings for topping or mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened jars in pantry; reseal after use to retain crispness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended serving: a tablespoon or two per plate as a garnish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 4.4 oz jar is suitable for multiple meals or gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 6 provides pantry backup for frequent use or events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: McCormick Bac'n Pieces are aimed at home cooks, hosts, and recipe developers who want bacon-like flavor without meat—especially helpful for vegetarians, kosher households, or anyone seeking a quick, shelf-stable garnish. They suit busy weeknight cooks who want an instant savory finish, party planners who need consistent topping quality, and anyone experimenting with plant-based swaps. Because they’re versatile, shelf-stable, and easy to use, these bacon-flavored bits are a practical addition to kitchens that appreciate smoky crunch without the work of cooking real bacon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTexturized Soy Flour, Canola Oil, Salt, Caramel Color, Yeast Extract, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavor, FD\u0026amp;C Red 40 \u0026amp; Disodium Inosinate and Guanylate (Flavor Enhancers).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are McCormick Bac'n Pieces vegetarian?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They are made from soy flour and are a meat-free, vegetarian-friendly bacon alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these bacon bits need refrigeration?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Store unopened and resealed jars in a cool, dry pantry; refrigeration is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003190988883,"sku":"B0CWB72SXW","price":68.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-bacn-pieces-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207981"},{"product_id":"mccormick-peppered-country-gravy-mix-8-pack-2-64-oz-each-creamy-pepper-forward-microwave-friendly","title":"McCormick Peppered Country Gravy Mix 8-Pack (2.64 oz each) – Creamy, Pepper-Forward, Microwave-Friendly","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Peppered Country Gravy Mix is an easy-to-make powdered mix that delivers creamy, pepper-forward gravy for biscuits, fried chicken, breakfast plates and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis eight-pack of 2.64 oz McCormick gravy mix makes it simple to add a savory, homemade-style peppered gravy to weeknight dinners or weekend brunches without spending time on a roux. Made with buttermilk and McCormick black pepper, the mix produces a smooth, lump-free sauce when whisked with water and cooked briefly. It contains no artificial flavors, colors, or added MSG* and yields about two cups of gravy per packet—enough for sharing over mashed potatoes, chicken fried steak, or a big plate of biscuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can I make this gravy when I’m short on time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is designed to be fast and fuss-free: whisk the powder into water, bring it to a boil, then simmer for one minute. The mix works on the stove or in the microwave, so you can choose the method that fits your schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady in minutes: just whisk and cook for about 1–3 minutes total.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMicrowave-friendly option when stovetop isn’t available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces lump-free, smooth gravy with simple stirring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes pair best with McCormick Peppered Country Gravy Mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pepper-forward, creamy profile complements classic Southern dishes and everyday comfort food alike. Use it over warm biscuits, fried or breaded meats, roasted potatoes, or breakfast plates to add savory depth and a touch of heat from cracked black pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBiscuits and sausage for hearty breakfasts or brunches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken fried steak and fried chicken for Southern-style meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHome fries, mashed potatoes, and roasted vegetables for family dinners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the mix contain unwanted additives or allergens I should watch for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick formulates this gravy mix without added MSG, artificial colors, or artificial flavors, focusing on real spices like black pepper and buttermilk for taste. Always check the printed ingredient list on the package for specific allergen information and the most current ingredient disclosures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors or colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG (naturally occurring glutamates may be present).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to package labeling for allergens and updated ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gravy does one packet make and will one pack be enough for a meal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach 2.64 oz packet yields about two cups of prepared gravy, which is typically enough to serve two to four people depending on portion sizes. For larger gatherings or generous servings over multiple dishes, plan to use several packets from the eight-pack to ensure everyone gets enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet makes approximately 2 cups of gravy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServes 2–4 people, depending on serving size and dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEight-pack gives flexibility for multiple meals or larger groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: McCormick Peppered Country Gravy Mix is ideal for home cooks who want quick, dependable gravy with classic peppery flavor—especially families, brunch hosts, or anyone who enjoys Southern comfort foods without the time or technique needed for a traditional roux. It’s also a practical pantry staple for busy households and cooks who prefer convenient, consistent seasoning every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModified Corn Starch, Sunflower Oil, Enriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Corn Syrup Solids, Buttermilk Solids, Salt, Corn Starch, Sodium Caseinate, Spices (Including Black Pepper, White Pepper), Mono and Diglycerides (for Smoothness), Nonfat Dry Milk, Dipotassium Phosphate, Whey, Soy Lecithin, Disodium Inosinate and Guanylate (Flavor Enhancers), and Caramel Color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I prepare McCormick Peppered Country Gravy Mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Whisk the mix with water, bring to a boil, then simmer for one minute. Microwave instructions are on the packet for a quick alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much gravy does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 2.64 oz packet yields about 2 cups of prepared gravy, enough for 2–4 servings depending on portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003200983123,"sku":"B008Z8RLHE","price":58.03,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-peppered-country-gravy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787208319"},{"product_id":"mccormick-garlic-powder-16-3-oz-finely-ground-pantry-spice-for-consistent-flavor","title":"McCormick Garlic Powder 16.3 oz – Finely Ground Pantry Spice for Consistent Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Garlic Powder 16.3 oz is a large, pantry-ready jar of finely ground garlic made from whole, dried cloves to deliver steady, savory flavor without peeling or chopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis generous 16.3-ounce bottle of McCormick Garlic Powder is formulated for cooks who want the pure taste of garlic combined with the convenience of an easy-to-measure, shelf-stable spice. Because it's made from whole garlic cloves that are dried and finely ground, it blends smoothly into sauces, rubs, soups and marinades, giving predictable seasoning so every batch tastes the same. It’s a kitchen workhorse for everyday meals, weekly meal prep and larger gatherings where consistent flavor matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I substitute garlic powder for fresh garlic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can replace fresh garlic with garlic powder at a simple conversion to keep recipes balanced. Powdered garlic delivers a concentrated, even garlic presence without the texture or moisture that fresh cloves add, making it ideal for dry rubs and sauces where consistent dispersion is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse about 1\/4 teaspoon garlic powder for one clove of fresh garlic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to dry rubs, seasoning blends and breading for even flavor distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into liquids early in cooking so the powder hydrates and melds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust to taste—start small, then increase for stronger aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes benefit most from McCormick Garlic Powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic powder works across global cuisines and many cooking methods because it provides savory warmth without changing a dish’s texture. It’s particularly useful in recipes that need uniform seasoning, plus it pairs well with both quick weekday meals and slow-cooked preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeat dishes: burgers, meatloaf, tacos, chili and marinades for beef, chicken and pork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePantry favorites: soups, stews, sauces, pasta dishes and homemade dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick meals: eggs, stir-fries and roasted vegetables for fast, consistent flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlobal recipes: Italian, Greek, Chinese, Korean, Mexican and fusion dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store McCormick Garlic Powder to keep it fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo preserve aroma and potency, store the jar away from heat, light and humidity. The sealed container in the 16.3-ounce size is convenient for frequent use, but following basic storage steps helps maintain the best flavor over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep the jar in a cool, dark pantry or cupboard—avoid the stove area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose the lid tightly after each use to limit air exposure and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid transferring to thin plastic containers that expose contents to light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor long-term freshness, use within the manufacturer’s suggested timeframe on the label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does McCormick ensure consistent garlic flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick grinds whole, selected garlic cloves to produce an even powder that disperses uniformly in food. That consistent particle size helps recipes taste the same each time and eliminates the variability of hand-chopped garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from whole garlic cloves to retain a full garlic profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFine grind ensures the spice dissolves evenly in sauces and batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge-format bottle provides reliable supply for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for both cooking and table-side seasoning for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, meal preppers, restaurant teams and anyone who values dependable seasoning will appreciate this McCormick Garlic Powder 16.3 oz. It’s ideal for families cooking nightly meals, bakers and grill masters who make rubs and marinades, and cooks across many cuisines who need an easy, shelf-stable source of robust garlic flavor. Keep this jar on hand when you want the essence of garlic without the prep time, or when you need a spice that blends completely and evenly into every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much garlic powder equals one clove of fresh garlic?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use about 1\/4 teaspoon of garlic powder to replace one medium fresh garlic clove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use garlic powder in marinades and rubs?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Garlic powder mixes well into dry rubs and marinades for even, concentrated flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003229392979,"sku":"B0FWLTPNH7","price":56.53,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-garlic-powder-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209017"},{"product_id":"mccormick-pure-lime-extract-1-fl-oz-concentrated-non-gmo-lime-flavor","title":"McCormick Pure Lime Extract, 1 fl oz — Concentrated, Non-GMO Lime Flavor","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Pure Lime Extract is a concentrated liquid made from real limes that adds bright, natural lime flavor to baking, beverages, and desserts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want the zesty, aromatic lift of fresh lime without squeezing fruit every time, this 1 fl oz bottle delivers a consistent, shelf-stable burst of citrus. Crafted from genuine limes, McCormick Pure Lime Extract is formulated to infuse recipes with a true lime character—ideal for when you need reliable flavor in small, controlled amounts. It blends smoothly into batters, creams, syrups, and cocktails so you can recreate lime notes across sweet and savory dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this extract change my baking and desserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing McCormick Pure Lime Extract lets you add pronounced lime aroma and taste without extra liquid or texture changes. A small amount goes a long way, boosting cheesecakes, frostings, cookies, and curds with a clean citrus profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcentrated for potent flavor—use drops, not tablespoons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDoesn’t thin icings or batters like fresh juice can.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances lime zest notes when paired with lime zest or juice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for flavoring custards, glazes, and no-bake desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this in drinks and cocktails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this extract mixes well into cocktails, mocktails, syrups, and smoothies where a clear lime note is desired. It’s especially handy when fresh limes aren’t in season or when you want a consistent taste across batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to simple syrup for lime-flavored mixers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStirs into margaritas, spritzers, and punches for aroma without extra acidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse sparingly to avoid overpowering other ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlends cleanly into dairy- or coconut-based frozen drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the product’s key ingredients and dietary details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick’s Pure Lime Extract is derived from real limes, formulated to be shelf-stable and easy to measure. It’s made to suit common dietary preferences and label-reading shoppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from real lime components for authentic citrus flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO and gluten free, with no corn syrup added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcentrated extract form—small bottle, long usage life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct heat and sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I substitute this extract for fresh lime or other flavorings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePure Lime Extract provides a concentrated lime flavor that’s not a straightforward 1:1 swap for fresh lime juice in recipes that require acidity or moisture. Use it to impart lime aroma while adjusting liquid and acid levels separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a few drops to 1\/4 teaspoon to flavor a single-recipe batch; adjust to taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd lemon or lime juice for needed acidity where texture matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with lime zest for fuller, multi-dimensional lime notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal when you need aroma without extra liquid volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: McCormick Pure Lime Extract suits home bakers, cocktail enthusiasts, recipe developers, and busy cooks who want dependable lime flavor without frequent citrus shopping. It’s useful for anyone making desserts, glazes, beverages, or small-batch sauces who values shelf stability, consistent taste, and easy portioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlcohol, Lime Oil, and Water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much McCormick Pure Lime Extract should I use in recipes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Start with a few drops to 1\/4 teaspoon per recipe and adjust; it’s concentrated, so small amounts deliver strong flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Pure Lime Extract gluten free and non-GMO?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—this extract is labeled gluten free and non-GMO with no corn syrup added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249971283,"sku":"B01I6U4FNS","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-pure-lime-extract-front-bottle.jpg?v=1787209385"},{"product_id":"mccormick-ground-cinnamon-spice-jar-2-37-oz-pack-of-6-aged-pure-flavor-for-baking-rubs","title":"McCormick Ground Cinnamon spice jar 2.37 oz – Pack of 6, aged pure flavor for baking \u0026 rubs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Ground Cinnamon is a pure, aged ground spice that adds warm, sweet, aromatic flavor to both sweet and savory recipes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHarvested and aged for depth, this 2.37 oz jar of McCormick Ground Cinnamon brings a balanced, richly aromatic cinnamon taste without fillers. It’s designed for home cooks who want consistent quality in baking, beverages, and savory rubs. The pack of six keeps your pantry stocked and is useful for families, meal-prep cooks, or anyone who seasons frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will McCormick Ground Cinnamon improve my baking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ground cinnamon introduces a warm, rounded sweetness and aromatic top notes that blend with sugar and butter to elevate cookies, cakes, pies, and quick breads. Its maturity from extended aging helps the spice stand up during baking without turning bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances classic recipes like apple pie, cinnamon rolls, and snickerdoodles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent grind for even distribution in batters and doughs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo fillers—pure cinnamon for true flavor intensity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this cinnamon in savory dishes and rubs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—McCormick Ground Cinnamon works well in savory applications where a hint of warm sweetness complements other spices. Use it sparingly in stews, spice blends, or rubs to add complexity without overpowering the dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds subtle depth to meat rubs, ham glazes, and chili blends\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs with cumin, allspice, and smoked paprika for rich rubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalances roasted vegetables like sweet potato and butternut squash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 2.37 oz jars to keep flavor fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo retain potency, keep jars sealed and stored in a cool, dark place away from heat and humidity. Small jars like these are ideal for frequent use because they reduce exposure time and help maintain aroma between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal tightly after each use to prevent aroma loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a pantry or cupboard away from stovetop heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within 6–12 months for peak flavor, though properly stored cinnamon remains usable longer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose McCormick Ground Cinnamon over generic options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick focuses on sourcing and processing that preserve the spice’s natural character. The product is aged to develop a deeper profile and sold without added fillers, giving you a pure spice experience with reliable flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAged for flavor maturity for richer aroma and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePure ground cinnamon—no unnecessary additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of six ensures you have backups for frequent cooks or shared households\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home bakers, busy families, and cooks who use cinnamon regularly will appreciate the balance of convenience and quality in this 2.37 oz jar, especially when purchased in a six-pack. It’s also a practical choice for small restaurants, bakeries, or gift baskets where consistent cinnamon flavor and multiple jars are useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGround Cinnamon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Ground Cinnamon pure cinnamon or mixed with fillers?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This product is pure ground cinnamon with no added fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the flavor last after opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stored sealed in a cool, dark place, flavor stays strong for about 6–12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003411746899,"sku":"B0029K575C","price":63.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-ground-cinnamon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787211590"},{"product_id":"mccormick-peppercorn-medley-grinder-0-85-oz-pack-of-6-adjustable-glass-grinder-mixed-peppercorn-blend","title":"McCormick Peppercorn Medley Grinder, 0.85 oz Pack of 6 — Adjustable Glass Grinder \u0026 Mixed Peppercorn Blend","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Peppercorn Medley Grinder blends black, white, green, and pink peppercorns with whole allspice and coriander in an adjustable glass grinder for fresh, colorful seasoning.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 0.85 oz glass bottle from McCormick delivers a mixed-peppercorn and spice medley ready to grind over meals. The built-in adjustable mechanism lets you choose a coarse, medium, or fine texture so the blend complements everything from grilled proteins to delicate salads. With a recyclable glass jar and a simple twist-to-grind top, it’s designed for everyday use at the stove, table, or barbecue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this peppercorn medley change the flavor of dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe combination pairs sharp heat, mild floral notes, and warm spice for a layered seasoning profile. Black and white peppercorns provide piquancy, green and pink peppercorns add brighter, fruitier accents, and allspice with coriander rounds the blend with depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSharp, familiar pepper kick from black and white peppercorns\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright, slightly fruity tones from green and pink peppercorns\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm, aromatic background from whole allspice and coriander\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced complexity suited to meats, vegetables, and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat grind options does the built-in grinder offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable top allows you to switch quickly between coarse, medium, and fine grinds to match your recipe or presentation. A simple red tab sets the grind size; then invert and twist to release freshly ground spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoarse: bold texture for rubs and steaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMedium: versatile for everyday cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFine: suited for soups, eggs, and delicate sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly one-hand twisting motion for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product convenient for storage and everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small glass bottle is shelf-stable and compact, making it easy to keep in a spice rack, on the counter, or beside the grill. The nonrefillable grinder head is removable so the glass jar can be recycled when finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e0.85 oz glass bottle stores neatly in kitchens of any size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable at ambient temperature—no refrigeration needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove grinder head before recycling the glass bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 6 ensures you have backups for multiple locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this medley to get the best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the grind size according to texture and intensity you want, then twist directly over food for immediate aroma and flavor. Freshly ground peppercorns release volatile oils that heighten taste and visual appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason meats before or after cooking for varied impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish salads, pastas, and roasted vegetables with a fine or medium grind\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse coarse grind for marinades and crusts on grilled foods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep on the table for quick seasoning while serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks and grill masters who want a ready-to-use, visually appealing spice blend that adds layered heat and aroma without measuring or mixing. It’s ideal for households that prefer freshly ground seasonings, small kitchens where storage space matters, or anyone stocking pantry staples who appreciates recyclable glass packaging. The pack of six makes it practical for multi-room use—kitchen, dining table, and outdoor cooking setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I refill the McCormick grinder?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the grinder is not refillable; remove the top and recycle the glass bottle when empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What grind sizes are available?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The adjustable top provides coarse, medium, and fine grinds for different uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003455852627,"sku":"B005VHFRV4","price":59.38,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-front-packaging-peppercorn-medley.jpg?v=1787212134"},{"product_id":"mccormick-brown-sugar-bourbon-30-minute-marinade-5-oz-pack-of-6-single-use-pouches-for-quick-sweet-savory-grilling","title":"McCormick Brown Sugar Bourbon 30-Minute Marinade, 5 oz Pack of 6 — Single-use pouches for quick sweet-savory grilling","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Grill Mates Brown Sugar Bourbon 30-Minute Marinade is a sweet-and-savory single-use pouch that flavors up to 2 lb. of meat or seafood in just 30 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis ready-made wet marinade pairs brown sugar and bourbon notes with red bell pepper and McCormick spices for a balanced, caramelized finish on the grill or stovetop. Packaged as convenient single-use 5 oz pouches (six per pack), it removes the guesswork: tear, pour and marinate—no measuring, no leftover bottle. The formula contains no high fructose corn syrup and is designed to deliver consistent, bold flavor on chicken, steak, pork, fish or shrimp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long should I marinate with Brown Sugar Bourbon to get great flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, let the product marinate for 30 minutes as directed; that timeframe is formulated to infuse noticeable flavor without changing the texture of most proteins. If you prefer a stronger taste, you can refrigerate up to a few hours—avoid overnight for delicate fish or thin cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard: 30 minutes at room temperature or refrigerated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStronger flavor: up to 2–3 hours for chicken or pork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShort on time: 10–15 minutes still adds a sweet-savory glaze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicate proteins: keep to 30 minutes or less for fish\/shrimp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich proteins and cooking methods work best with this marinade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe marinade is formulated to complement a wide range of proteins and adapt to grilling, broiling, pan-searing or baking. Its sweet-bourbon profile caramelizes nicely under high heat, creating flavorful crusts while keeping the interior juicy when used as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken: breasts, thighs, drumsticks—great on the grill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeef \u0026amp; pork: steaks, chops, kebabs—pan-sear or grill for charred edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood: shrimp and firm fish—marinate briefly, then grill or sauté.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables: brush on before roasting for a sweet-savory glaze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much marinade do I need and how do I use the single-use pouch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 5 oz pouch is designed to marinate up to 2 pounds of meat or seafood, so one pouch per typical family pack is usually sufficient. The pouch is single-use for convenience—tear open, pour over protein in a bowl or resealable bag, distribute evenly, then discard pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoverage: 5 oz per 2 lb. protein (chicken, steak, pork, shrimp).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMethod: tear pouch, pour over protein, toss to coat, marinate 30 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooking: grill, broil, bake or pan-sear after marinating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWaste reduction: single-use eliminates leftover-bottle spoilage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients and nutrition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe highlights brown sugar, bourbon flavoring, red bell pepper and McCormick spices to create a sweet-and-savory profile without high fructose corn syrup. While flavorful, this is a seasoning product—not a complete meal—so consider portioning and dietary needs when pairing with sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor focus: brown sugar with bourbon and red bell pepper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo high fructose corn syrup is included in the formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-use pouches limit waste from open bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck the label for allergy or sodium information before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want fast, dependable grilling flavor without mixing ingredients from scratch will appreciate McCormick Grill Mates Brown Sugar Bourbon 30-Minute Marinade. It suits busy families, tailgaters and anyone seeking a sweet-savory glaze for chicken, pork, beef or seafood with minimal cleanup. Buy the 6-pack when you want multiple quick meals or to stock up for frequent grilling occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown Sugar, Distilled Vinegar, Tomato Puree (Water, Tomato Paste), Water, Salt, Spices (Including Chili Pepper, Black Pepper, Mustard), Bourbon, Onion, Garlic, Modified Corn Starch, Red Bell Pepper, Rice Flour, Xanthan Gum (Thickener) \u0026amp; Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this marinade for seafood?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Marinate shrimp or firm fish for about 15–30 minutes for best flavor without over-tenderizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does one pouch cover a family meal?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 5 oz pouch flavors up to 2 pounds of protein, suitable for a small family or one large main dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003488292947,"sku":"B01BEU9YKQ","price":58.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-brown-sugar-bourbon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787212376"},{"product_id":"mccormick-bacn-pieces-applewood-smoked-bacon-flavored-bits-4-4-oz-crunchy-plant-based-kosher-pareve","title":"McCormick Bac'n Pieces Applewood Smoked Bacon Flavored Bits 4.4 oz — Crunchy Plant-Based, Kosher Pareve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Bac'n Pieces Applewood Smoked Bacon Flavored Bits are crunchy, applewood-smoked textured soy pieces that add savory, smoky flavor to salads, potatoes, and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese imitation bacon bits from McCormick recreate the sweet-smoky profile of applewood-smoked bacon using textured soy flour, packaged in a 4.4-ounce shaker bottle. Shelf-stable and ready-to-use, they deliver a familiar bacon-like crunch without animal products. The product is certified kosher pareve and commonly used as a plant-based topping for quick flavor boosts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these Bac'n Pieces taste and perform compared with real bacon?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pieces provide a smoky, slightly sweet bacon impression with a crisp texture that holds up on salads and hot dishes. While they won’t mimic the exact fat-rendered mouthfeel of real pork bacon, they offer similar savory and smoky notes for those seeking an alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApplewood smoke seasoning for a sweet-smoky aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTextured soy flour base gives a firm, crunchy bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks cold or briefly warmed without becoming soggy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-prep shake-on application replaces chopped bacon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and how can I use McCormick Bac'n Pieces in everyday meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bits are designed as an easy topping or mix-in to add savory complexity. Shake them over greens, baked potatoes, pasta, soups, and grain bowls, or fold into egg-free salads and vegetarian casseroles for texture contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on leafy salads for crunch and smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop hot baked potatoes and mac-and-cheese for savory finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into grain bowls, dips, and vegan spreads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in recipes that call for bacon bits to keep dishes meat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Bac'n Pieces suitable for vegetarian, vegan, or kosher diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is crafted from textured soy flour, making it appropriate for vegetarian and vegan meal plans when ingredients align with your dietary choices. McCormick Bac'n Pieces Applewood Smoked Bacon Flavored Bits are certified kosher pareve by the Orthodox Union, so they fit kosher meal preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlant-based textured soy flour formula\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified kosher pareve (OU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful as a non-meat alternative in recipes calling for bacon bits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck full ingredient list if avoiding specific additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the shaker bottle for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4.4-ounce shaker is intended for pantry storage at room temperature; keep it sealed and dry to preserve crunch and flavor. Shake directly onto dishes as needed, and transfer to an airtight container if you plan to refill or store opened product long-term.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable—store at ambient temperature away from humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal cap after each use to maintain texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake generously for even coverage on salads and sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsider a small spoon or measuring scoop for recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: McCormick Bac'n Pieces Applewood Smoked Bacon Flavored Bits suit home cooks, salad bars, and anyone seeking a fast, smoky topping without using real bacon. They’re especially useful for vegetarians, vegans, kosher households, recipe testers, and people who want bacon-like flavor with minimal prep. Keep a shaker on hand to add instant savory crunch to everyday meals and quick recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTextured Soy Flour, Canola Oil, Salt, Caramel Color, Natural and Artificial Flavor, Yeast Extract, FD\u0026amp;C Red No. 40, Natural Applewood Smoke, Disodium Inosinate and Disodium Guanylate (Flavor Enhancers).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are McCormick Bac'n Pieces vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—these applewood smoked bits are made from textured soy flour and are suitable for most vegan diets; check the full ingredient list for specific allergens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these on hot dishes without losing crunch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—brief warmth retains texture; prolonged simmering may soften the pieces, so add near the end of cooking or use as a topping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003493339219,"sku":"B07MFBK3H3","price":69.37,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-bacn-pieces-front-packaging_860cdaa1-b09a-45eb-9a47-606d8fe77c55.jpg?v=1787212437"},{"product_id":"mccormick-prime-rib-seasoning-bbq-rub-17-5-oz-garlic-paprika-savory-blend-for-roasting","title":"McCormick Prime Rib Seasoning BBQ Rub 17.5 oz — Garlic \u0026 Paprika Savory Blend for Roasting","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Gourmet Prime Rib Seasoning is a savory, ready-to-use BBQ rub that layers garlic, onion, paprika and spices to boost the flavor of prime rib, steaks and hearty dishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 17.5-ounce shaker delivers a balanced, savory seasoning blend designed for roasting, grilling and everyday cooking. Crafted by McCormick, the mix combines aromatics and warm paprika to create a robust crust on meats and a savory backbone in stews, meatloaf and burgers. Because it comes in a large shaker, it’s convenient for home cooks and pros who want consistent seasoning without measuring or blending individual spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning to get a flavorful crust on prime rib or steaks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApply the rub liberally to room-temperature meat, pressing it into the surface so it adheres. For prime rib or larger roasts, let the seasoned meat rest for 30–60 minutes or refrigerate overnight for deeper flavor penetration; for steaks, a shorter rest is fine. Cook using your preferred method—roasting, grilling or high-heat searing—to develop the spice crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle evenly from the 17.5 oz shaker and pat into meat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow 30 minutes to overnight for resting, depending on cut size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse high heat sear or roast to caramelize the paprika and aromatics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRe-season after slicing if you prefer a more pronounced finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this rub be used in recipes besides prime rib?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this blend is versatile and adds savory depth to many dishes. It enhances burgers, meatloaf and stews and can be used as a finishing sprinkle for roasted vegetables or potatoes. Because it contains garlic, onion and paprika, it pairs well with beef, pork, poultry and even plant-based proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ground beef for burgers or meatloaf for uniform flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into stews near the end of cooking to bolster savory notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoat vegetables before roasting for a smoky, aromatic finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse sparingly on delicate fish or tofu—start light and adjust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much seasoning should I use for different cuts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePortion depends on the cut and your taste. A general guideline is about 1 teaspoon per pound for subtle seasoning, and up to 1 tablespoon per pound for a stronger rub on large roast surfaces. For steaks, a generous pinch per side usually provides enough coverage without overpowering the meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrime rib roast (large): 1–2 tablespoons per pound, pressed into surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSteaks: 1 teaspoon to 1 tablespoon total, depending on thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBurgers or meatloaf: 1–2 teaspoons per pound of meat mixed in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables: 1–2 teaspoons per pound, tossed with oil before roasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the shaker size suit regular home use or entertaining?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 17.5 oz shaker is sized for frequent home cooks and small gatherings, offering enough product to season multiple meals without needing immediate repurchase. The large format reduces refill frequency, making it practical for weekly dinner prep and occasional entertaining where consistent seasoning is helpful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e17.5-ounce shaker reduces need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for weekly meal prep and backyard barbecues alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShaker design enables even application without measuring tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place to preserve peak flavor and aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: McCormick Gourmet Prime Rib Seasoning is aimed at home cooks and entertainers who want a reliable, ready-made rub to enhance beef roasts, steaks and hearty recipes without mixing spices from scratch. It’s also useful for anyone who appreciates a bold garlic-onion-paprika profile that’s easy to apply from a single, large shaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic, onion, paprika, salt, mustard seed, Chili pepper, rosemary, caraway seed, brown sugar, red bell pepper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning suitable for grilling and roasting?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It works well for grilling steaks and roasting prime rib, creating a savory crust from garlic, onion and paprika.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long should I let meat sit after applying the rub?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: For steaks, 30 minutes is sufficient; for large roasts, refrigerate 30 minutes to overnight for deeper flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003496321107,"sku":"B0FRY9H3QL","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-prime-rib-shaker-front.jpg?v=1787212451"},{"product_id":"mccormick-black-garlic-powder-seasoning-18-6-oz-aged-black-garlic-umami-rich-sweet-savory-flavor","title":"McCormick Black Garlic Powder Seasoning, 18.6 oz — Aged Black Garlic, Umami-Rich Sweet‑Savory Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Black Garlic Powder Seasoning is a ready-to-use, umami-forward garlic blend made from aged black garlic, roasted garlic, cocoa powder and seasonings to add sweet-savory depth to meats, vegetables and dressings.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring complex, slightly sweet and deeply savory garlic flavor to everyday dishes without extra prep. This 18.6 oz shaker combines black garlic — regular garlic aged for at least 90 days to develop molasses-like sweetness and umami — with salt, roasted garlic and a hint of cocoa powder. The powder is formulated to be a direct swap for regular garlic at any stage of cooking and works equally well as a finishing sprinkle, a seasoning during roasting or an ingredient in dressings and marinades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does McCormick Black Garlic Powder change the flavor of my recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack garlic powder delivers a richer, sweeter garlic note and more savory depth than fresh or plain powdered garlic. Its aged profile creates low-acid, caramel-like undertones and an intensified umami character that enhances both meat and vegetable dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds sweet-savory complexity without bitterness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances meaty, roasted and braised flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalances acidic ingredients in dressings and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I use this powder—before cooking, during, or after?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use this seasoning at any point: before cooking as a dry rub, during cooking to build flavor, or after as a finishing touch for aroma and texture. Its stable powdered form makes it versatile for marinades, rubs, vinaigrettes and final seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub onto steaks or chicken before grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle over roasted potatoes or vegetables mid-roast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhisk into vinaigrette or finish seafood just before serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat specific dishes and pairings benefit most from black garlic powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack garlic powder pairs well with rich proteins, roasted vegetables, and bold sauces where umami and subtle sweetness lift the overall flavor. It works great in both everyday cooking and when you want a chef-style finish quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSteak, burgers and pork for deeper savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted or mashed potatoes and root vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalmon, chicken, beans, and hearty salads with vinaigrette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow concentrated is the seasoning and how much should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning is concentrated enough that a little goes a long way; start with small amounts and adjust to taste. Because it contains salt and roasted components, measure carefully when substituting for plain garlic or salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStart with 1\/4 to 1\/2 teaspoon per serving, then taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduce added table salt when using as a primary seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncrease sparingly for finishing to avoid overpowering delicate dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this product is for: Home cooks and professional kitchens that want an easy, shelf-stable way to introduce complex garlic flavor without extra prep. If you enjoy experimenting with umami, want quick rubs and dressings, or need a reliable pantry staple to elevate meats, vegetables and salads, this 18.6 oz McCormick jar offers a generous supply of distinctive black garlic seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Spices, Black Garlic, Garlic, Onion, Roasted Garlic, Cocoa Powder Processed with Alkali, Tamari Sauce (Soybean, Salt), Citric Acid, Parsley, Yeast, Yeast Extract, Sugar, Tomato, Calcium Sulfate (to Make Free Flowing), and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I substitute this for fresh garlic?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — use less than fresh garlic because the seasoning is concentrated; start with about 1\/4–1\/2 teaspoon per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this safe to use in dressings?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it mixes easily into vinaigrettes and adds sweet-savory depth without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003567329363,"sku":"B083FGYBQ8","price":63.2,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-black-garlic-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213250"},{"product_id":"mccormick-crushed-red-pepper-with-oregano-garlic-12-oz-all-purpose-spicy-herb-seasoning-gluten-free","title":"McCormick Crushed Red Pepper with Oregano \u0026 Garlic 12 oz — All-Purpose Spicy Herb Seasoning, Gluten Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Crushed Red Pepper with Oregano and Garlic is a 12 oz all-purpose seasoning that combines crushed red pepper, oregano, garlic and parsley to add savory heat and herbaceous balance to meats, vegetables and finished dishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis roomy 12-ounce shaker brings McCormick’s signature herbs and spices into a single, convenient blend designed for everyday cooking. The mix pairs the bright, warm bite of crushed red pepper with savory garlic and Mediterranean oregano, plus parsley for freshness. It’s formulated for use during prep, while cooking, and as a finishing shake at the table—making it a versatile staple for home cooks who want consistent flavor without measuring multiple jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this seasoning change the flavor of common dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend layers spicy and herbal notes: crushed red pepper adds heat, oregano brings earthy Mediterranean depth, and garlic delivers savory umami. Parsley rounds the profile so the seasoning enhances rather than overpowers other ingredients. It works on a wide range of foods, from grilled meats to simple pasta and roasted vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd a dash to marinades for bolder grilled or roasted meats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into sauces, stews, or sautés for quick depth of flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake on eggs, pizza, and pasta right before serving for instant seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a rub base combined with oil for chicken or seafood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how should I use it during cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use the seasoning at nearly every stage: mix it into marinades during prep, sprinkle it into pans while sautéing, or finish dishes at the table for a burst of flavor. The seasoning’s texture makes it suitable for both hot applications and sprinkle-on finishing touches. Because it’s a ready-made blend, it saves time versus combining individual spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub onto proteins before grilling or roasting for an even crust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir a teaspoon or two into sauces, chili, or soups while simmering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish baked potatoes, roasted veggies, and pasta with a light shake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with olive oil to make a quick dipping sauce or dressing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the key product features and dietary details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis McCormick blend is made from recognizable herbs and spices and packaged in a larger 12 oz container for refilling smaller shakers. It’s labeled Gluten Free, Certified Paleo, and Non-GMO, providing transparency for shoppers with specific preferences. The formulation focuses on simple, pantry-friendly ingredients you can rely on for consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains real McCormick herbs and spices for reliable taste consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten Free, Certified Paleo, and Non-GMO certified for specific diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 oz size suited for frequent cooks and refilling needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-use: prep, cook, and finish applications across cuisines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want a single shaker that adds heat and herbal complexity without juggling multiple spice jars will find this McCormick blend useful. It’s ideal for busy households that grill often, make weeknight pasta, or entertain casually—anyone who prefers an easy, consistent way to boost flavor. If you value a larger size for regular use and straightforward labeling for dietary preferences, this 12 oz all-purpose seasoning is designed to fit into your kitchen routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic, Onion, Sea Salt, Oregano, Crushed Red Pepper \u0026amp; Parsley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Crushed Red Pepper with Oregano and Garlic gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — this product is labeled Gluten Free and also Certified Paleo and Non-GMO.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much should I use when seasoning meats?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Start with 1–2 teaspoons per pound for a noticeable but balanced flavor; adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003567493203,"sku":"B083FHHMYQ","price":59.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-crushed-red-pepper-oregano-garlic-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213250"},{"product_id":"mccormick-basil-oregano-all-purpose-seasoning-10-5-oz-garlic-sea-salt-italian-herb-blend","title":"McCormick Basil \u0026 Oregano All-Purpose Seasoning, 10.5 oz — Garlic \u0026 Sea Salt, Italian Herb Blend","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Basil and Oregano, Garlic and Sea Salt All Purpose Seasoning is a ready-to-shake Italian-inspired blend that adds herb-forward, savory flavor to pasta, pizza, chicken, vegetables and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 10.5 oz bottle gathers basil, oregano, garlic, sea salt and supporting spices into one convenient blend crafted with real McCormick herbs and spices. Designed as a refill-friendly, multipurpose seasoning, it brings Mediterranean notes—sweet basil, warm oregano and roasted garlic—to everyday cooking and table use. The larger size is ideal for families, home cooks who make Italian dishes often, or anyone who likes a single shake-on blend that removes the need to measure multiple jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my weeknight pasta or pizza?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix layers herb-forward flavor and balanced saltiness without extra effort: shake it into sauces, sprinkle it over pizza before baking, or finish dishes at the table for an instant flavor boost. The blend is designed to complement tomato-based dishes and cheesy bakes with sweet basil and savory oregano notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse directly in marinara or Bolognese for herb depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on pizza before or after baking for aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into garlic butter or oil as a quick pizza brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this on proteins and vegetables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this seasoning works well on chicken, pork, fish and roasted vegetables. The garlic and sea salt help with browning and seasoning while the herbs give a Mediterranean character that pairs with roasted or grilled foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoat chicken breasts or thighs before roasting or grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with vegetables and olive oil for sheet-pan roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason pan-seared fish or pork for quick weeknight meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this blend convenient for everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHaving a premixed all-purpose seasoning reduces prep time and simplifies pantry organization—no measuring multiple herbs and spices. The 10.5 oz bottle offers a larger supply for frequent use and refilling smaller shakers or spice tins in the kitchen and at the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne-step seasoning replaces several single-ingredient jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarger bottle size lowers the need for frequent repurchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-shake format speeds finishing touches at the table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit special diets or ingredient preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMcCormick’s blend uses real herbs and spices and is labeled Gluten Free, Certified Paleo and Non-GMO, which helps it fit a range of dietary preferences. Always check the label for the most current allergen and ingredient information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten Free and Non-GMO for broad compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real McCormick herbs and spices, not artificial flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for flavoring many Mediterranean-style recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks who prepare Italian-inspired meals, families looking for a reliable shake-on seasoning, people who want to simplify seasoning routines, and anyone who uses herbs and garlic frequently will benefit from this larger-size McCormick blend. It's especially useful if you regularly make pasta, pizza, roasted vegetables, bruschetta or baked chicken dishes and prefer a single, consistent blend to speed prep and finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea Salt, Basil, Mustard Bran, Garlic, Green Bell Pepper, Red Bell Pepper \u0026amp; Oregano.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The product is labeled Gluten Free and suitable for gluten-free diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What dishes work best with this blend?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Best for Italian-style recipes: pasta, pizza, lasagna, chicken Parmesan, and roasted vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003567362131,"sku":"B083FGQQWJ","price":61.09,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-bottle-front.jpg?v=1787213250"},{"product_id":"mccormick-tartar-sauce-8-fl-oz-pack-of-6-bright-tangy-seafood-condiment-with-sweet-pickle-relish","title":"McCormick Tartar Sauce 8 fl oz Pack of 6 — Bright, Tangy Seafood Condiment with Sweet Pickle Relish","description":"\u003cb\u003eMcCormick Tartar Sauce is a bright, tangy seafood condiment made with sweet pickle relish and lemon, offered here as a convenient pack of six 8 fl oz bottles.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a familiar restaurant-style tang to your home kitchen with McCormick Original Tartar Sauce. This formula blends sweet pickle relish, lemon, and a cool, creamy base designed to complement fried or grilled seafood. Packaged in shelf-stable bottles, this six-count set is tailored for families, catering, or anyone who prefers to keep a steady supply on hand for fish, crab cakes, and seafood platters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does McCormick Tartar Sauce taste like and what’s in it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor profile is bright and tangy, balancing zesty lemon with mild sweetness from pickle relish and a cooling creamy texture. It’s designed to highlight the natural flavors of seafood without overpowering them. Ingredients focus on familiar condiments—pickles, lemon, and a smooth base—giving a classic taste that pairs well with many preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright lemon notes for acidity and lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet pickle relish adding texture and mild sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy, cool base to mellow fried or grilled fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRestaurant-style formula commonly used across the U.S.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this tartar sauce in meals and recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse McCormick Tartar Sauce as a dip, spread, or finishing condiment—ideal for fish and chips, crab cakes, shrimp, and seafood sandwiches. It also works as a simple dressing for cold seafood salads or as a creamy topping for baked fish. A little goes a long way to add tang and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDip for fried fish, shrimp, and calamari\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpread on rolls for fish sandwiches or po’ boys\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into cold seafood salads for creaminess and tang\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe with crab cakes, clams, or as a condiment at buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the packaging and storage details for the 8 fl oz pack of six?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bottle contains 8 fluid ounces and the pack includes six individually sealed units, making it practical for families, events, and food service. Bottles store easily in the pantry until opened; refrigeration after opening will extend freshness. The multi-pack reduces the need for frequent repurchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix 8 fl oz bottles per pack for consistent supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable packaging until opened; refrigerate after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact bottles stack easily for pantry or fridge storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for home kitchens, catering, and restaurant backstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this tartar sauce suitable for everyday cooking or food service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this McCormick pack is sized and formulated for both household use and light commercial needs. Its familiar, ready-to-use flavor saves prep time and ensures consistent taste across meals. The pack of six helps maintain steady inventory for gatherings, weekly meals, or small food-service operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-serve—no mixing required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent taste for repeatable dishes and recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for weekly meal prep, parties, or small food-service supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFamiliar restaurant-style pairing for seafood menus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: McCormick Tartar Sauce (8 fl oz, pack of 6) is for home cooks, seafood lovers, and food-service operators who want a reliable, tangy condiment on hand. It suits families who entertain, cooks who make seafood frequently, and small kitchens that benefit from bulk convenience. If you want a recognizable, consistently flavored tartar sauce that complements fried or grilled seafood, this multi-pack offers value and shelf presence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Dipt Tartar Sauce, No Artificial Flavors, Kosher, 8 Fluid Ounces (Pack Of 6)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does McCormick Tartar Sauce need refrigeration?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Refrigerate after opening to maintain freshness; unopened bottles are shelf-stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings per 8 fl oz bottle?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: An 8 fl oz bottle yields about 8–12 servings depending on portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003582959699,"sku":"B09ZG67MV7","price":71.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-tartar-sauce-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213537"},{"product_id":"mccormick-butterbeer-flavor-liquid-4-fl-oz-limited-edition-caramel-butterscotch-for-baking-drinks","title":"McCormick Butterbeer Flavor Liquid 4 fl oz — Limited-Edition Caramel \u0026 Butterscotch for Baking \u0026 Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Harry Potter Butterbeer Flavor is a limited-edition 4 fl oz liquid flavoring that brings caramel-and-butterscotch Butterbeer taste to baking, beverages, and desserts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCapture the cozy, sweet profile of Butterbeer at home with this officially inspired McCormick flavoring. Blending rich caramel notes with a creamy butterscotch-vanilla sweetness, the 4 fl oz bottle is designed to add the signature Butterbeer taste to recipes without changing texture or requiring special ingredients. It's shelf-stable and easy to measure, making it a quick way to infuse pancakes, frostings, milkshakes, or hot drinks with a nostalgic wizarding-world twist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use Butterbeer Flavor in everyday baking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a few drops to replace or complement vanilla in batter, frosting, or cookie dough for an unmistakably caramel-butterscotch finish. Because it's a concentrated liquid, start small and adjust to taste to avoid overpowering delicate recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 1\/4–1 tsp to cake or cupcake batter for a Butterbeer undertone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into frosting or glaze for a creamy, caramel-forward topping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into cookie or blondie batter to deepen sweet caramel notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I flavor drinks and frozen treats with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the flavoring blends easily into both hot and cold liquids, making it ideal for lattes, hot chocolate, milkshakes, or ice cream bases. It dissolves quickly and adds that foamy, sweet creaminess associated with a mug of Butterbeer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir 1\/4–1\/2 tsp into hot cocoa or coffee for a seasonal latte\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into milkshakes or frappes for a dessert-style beverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold into ice cream custard or soft-serve mix for creamy flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for everyday pantry use and special occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small bottle is convenient for both routine baking and themed celebrations; it’s easy to store and measure, making it useful for last-minute recipes or party prep. As a limited-edition item tied to the Harry Potter anniversary, it’s especially nice for themed gatherings or gifting to fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 4 fl oz bottle fits standard spice racks and pantry shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for holiday baking, parties, and fan events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLimited-run release—grab extra bottles if planning many recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about flavor intensity and substitutions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Butterbeer concentrate is potent, so measure cautiously and taste as you go; it pairs well with vanilla, caramel, and brown-butter profiles. If you prefer a lighter touch, dilute with a neutral extract or increase the base liquid gradually to control sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStart with 1\/8–1\/4 tsp in small-batch recipes, then adjust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with vanilla extract to round out the profile without extra sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduce added sugars in recipes when using the flavor to balance sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fans of the Harry Potter universe, home bakers, and anyone who wants to add a buttery-caramel twist to sweets and drinks will appreciate this McCormick limited-edition flavor. It’s best for people who enjoy experimenting with themed recipes, need a small bottle for occasional use, or want an easy way to upgrade beverages and desserts without changing their basic recipes. Because it’s concentrated and seasonally released, keep a spare on hand if you anticipate multiple batches or plan to share the flavor at gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eALCOHOL, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR \u0026amp; WATER.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much Butterbeer flavor should I add to a recipe?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Start with 1\/8–1\/4 teaspoon for small batches and increase to taste; it’s concentrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this flavoring suitable for hot and cold recipes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It mixes into hot drinks, milkshakes, ice cream bases, and baked goods easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003661504595,"sku":"B0FHS13H1N","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-harry-potter-butterbeer-front-label.jpg?v=1787214250"},{"product_id":"mccormick-taco-seasoning-mix-gluten-free-12-pack-1-25-oz-single-serve-packets-mild-flavor-no-msg","title":"McCormick Taco Seasoning Mix Gluten Free 12-Pack — 1.25 oz Single-Serve Packets, Mild Flavor, No MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Gluten Free Taco Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use, mild taco spice blend that seasons one pound of meat to create quick, flavorful tacos without gluten, MSG, or artificial flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTurn weeknight dinners into an easy fiesta with this single-serve taco seasoning. Each 1.25 oz packet combines chili pepper, cumin, paprika and oregano into a balanced, mildly spicy blend designed to mix with water and cook into taco meat in minutes. The mix is certified gluten-free and contains no added MSG or artificial flavors, making it a convenient pantry staple for households and food service settings that need consistent taco flavor fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this packet to make taco meat quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing seasoned taco meat takes just a few steps: brown your choice of ground meat, stir in the seasoning and water, then simmer until the sauce thickens. The packet is pre-measured for 1 pound of meat, so there’s no need to weigh or guess spice amounts—perfect for busy cooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrown 1 lb ground beef, turkey, or plant protein; drain excess fat if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd one 1.25 oz packet and 2\/3 cup water; stir to combine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimmer 4–6 minutes until sauce reduces and coats the meat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in tacos, burritos, nachos, tacos bowls, or as a flavorful filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile does this seasoning deliver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend leans toward classic, mildly spicy taco flavors—bright chili pepper heat supported by warm cumin and smoky paprika, with a herbaceous touch of oregano. It’s designed to enhance the natural taste of meat without overpowering fresh toppings like lettuce, tomato and onion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChili pepper provides a mild, approachable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCumin adds earthy warmth and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaprika contributes color and subtle smokiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOregano brings a light herbal finish to pair with toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for people avoiding gluten or MSG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—McCormick labels this taco seasoning as gluten-free and it carries certification from the National Foundation for Celiac Awareness. The formula also contains no added MSG or artificial flavors, offering a cleaner ingredient profile for those with dietary concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten-free by a recognized celiac organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG, no artificial flavors included in the mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets help avoid cross-contamination when stored properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many meals will a 12-pack cover and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet seasons roughly one pound of meat, so a 12-pack makes twelve taco meals if you use one packet per pound. Store unopened packets in a cool, dry pantry; once opened, transfer unused seasoning to an airtight container and use within a few months for best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve 1.25 oz packets = about twelve 1-lb meat servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry place away from direct light and heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse opened seasoning within a few months for peak taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and meal planners who want a dependable, mildly spicy taco seasoning that’s gluten-free and free of added MSG will appreciate this McCormick pack. It’s also useful for small food businesses, school lunches, or anyone looking to simplify taco night without sacrificing recognizable, crowd-pleasing flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Including Chili Pepper, Paprika, Oregano, Cumin), Onion, Whey (Milk), Salt, Garlic, Sugar, Potato Starch, Red Pepper, and Citric Acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning with plant-based meat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Use one packet per pound of plant-based crumbles, add water, and simmer until the sauce thickens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does one packet equal one taco serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One packet seasons about 1 lb of meat, which typically makes 8–10 tacos depending on filling portion sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003801260115,"sku":"B00ISMP2MS","price":62.4,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-taco-seasoning-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787215031"},{"product_id":"mccormick-garlic-herb-wine-marinade-mix-pack-of-12-0-87-oz-sachets-mediterranean-grill-ready-flavor","title":"McCormick Garlic, Herb \u0026 Wine Marinade Mix Pack of 12 0.87 oz Sachets — Mediterranean grill-ready flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Grill Mates Garlic, Herb \u0026amp; Wine Marinade Mix is a dry Mediterranean-inspired seasoning blend that transforms 2 lbs of meat or vegetables into bold, grill-ready flavor when mixed with water, oil and vinegar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack of twelve 0.87 oz sachets delivers a convenient, shelf-stable way to add garlic, herbs, white wine notes and a touch of heat to chicken, pork, seafood or vegetables. The mix is formulated by McCormick using a balance of dried garlic, thyme, savory herbs and red pepper for a savory profile reminiscent of coastal Mediterranean cooking. It’s designed to be combined with simple pantry liquids and applied as a quick marinade or basting sauce before grilling, broiling or roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this marinade mix for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare the mix by combining one packet with 1\/4 cup water, 1\/4 cup oil, and 1 tablespoon white or balsamic vinegar. Marinate up to two pounds of meat, seafood or vegetables, then grill or roast to the desired doneness. For a stronger flavor, marinate longer in the refrigerator; for quick meals, use it as an instant glaze while cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix ratio: 1 packet + 1\/4 cup water + 1\/4 cup oil + 1 tbsp vinegar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended protein: ~2 lbs chicken, pork, seafood or vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinating time: 15 minutes to overnight depending on intensity desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooking methods: grill, broil, roast, or pan-sear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors does the Garlic, Herb \u0026amp; Wine blend bring to my food?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning combines assertive garlic with aromatic thyme and other savory herbs, accented by white wine notes and a mild red pepper lift. The result is a balanced, slightly tangy profile suited to Mediterranean-style dishes without overpowering the main ingredient. It enhances natural juices while adding a savory herb crust when seared or grilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary taste: garlic-forward with herbal depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupporting notes: white wine essence and mild red pepper heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: fine, dry mix that dissolves into liquids for glazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatility: complements poultry, pork, fish and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pack format suit home cooks and entertaining?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individual 0.87 oz packets are portable, pre-measured and great for single recipes, reducing waste and simplifying meal prep. A 12-pack keeps you stocked through multiple cookouts, weeknight dinners or camping trips where carrying liquids is impractical. Because the mix is dry and shelf-stable, you can stash it in a pantry, tackle box or picnic bag for on-the-spot seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient: pre-measured packets eliminate measuring errors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable: easy to bring to barbecues, travel or outdoor cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life: dry format stays fresh unopened in pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEconomical: 12 packets cover many meals and gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adapt the marinade for different diets or cooking styles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—adjust the oil type (olive for Mediterranean, avocado for high-heat) and swap vinegar to suit taste profiles. Reduce marinating time for delicate seafood or increase for heartier cuts. The blend works well as a dry rub when mixed with a small amount of oil or as a finishing glaze mixed with honey or butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOil swaps: olive oil, avocado oil, or neutral cooking oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVinegar options: white, balsamic, or lemon juice for acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsage variants: wet marinade, dry rub with oil, or finishing glaze\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCooking temp tips: lower heat for fish, higher sear for steak\/pork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks, grill enthusiasts and anyone who wants a reliable, Mediterranean-style flavor boost without measuring spices each time. The McCormick Grill Mates Garlic, Herb \u0026amp; Wine Marinade Mix is suited to busy weeknight cooks, frequent entertainers, campers and anyone looking to elevate protein or vegetables with a ready-made seasoning packet. Avoid direct application to closed-heat grills without liquid; follow package cooking safety and marinating guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, MALTODEXTRIN, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, SPICES AND HERBS (INCLUDING RED PEPPER AND THYME), ONION, GARLIC, WHITE WINE, HYDROLYZED CORN GLUTEN, WHEY (MILK), RED BELL PEPPER, MALIC ACID, CITRIC ACID, AND NATURAL FLAVOR.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings does one packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 0.87 oz packet marinates about 2 pounds of protein or vegetables, enough for 3–4 servings depending on portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the mix as a dry rub?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—combine the packet with a small amount of oil to coat food, or apply dry then add oil while cooking for a crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003871645779,"sku":"B0072DN9BK","price":59.64,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-grill-mates-garlic-herb-wine-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787215464"},{"product_id":"mccormick-umami-seasoning-with-mushrooms-garlic-onion-10-5-oz-rich-savory-boost-gluten-free","title":"McCormick Umami Seasoning with Mushrooms \u0026 Garlic Onion, 10.5 oz — Rich savory boost, gluten-free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Umami Seasoning with Mushrooms and Garlic Onion is an all-purpose savory blend that delivers rich, savory depth to vegetables, proteins and snacks with a simple shake.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from shiitake mushrooms, tomato, onion, garlic and McCormick’s signature herbs and spices, this 10.5 oz jar concentrates the so-called \"fifth taste\"—umami—into a versatile pantry staple. Use it to deepen broths, brighten roasted vegetables, or transform everyday dishes like eggs and rice. It’s gluten-free and Non-GMO Verified, designed to add layered savory notes without complicated preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will McCormick Umami Seasoning change the flavor of my meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than relying solely on salt, this blend contributes rounded, savory complexity thanks to mushroom and tomato components plus aromatic garlic and onion. It enhances natural flavors while adding a subtle savory backbone that makes dishes feel richer and more satisfying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntroduces mushroom-based umami for meat-like depth without extra stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTomato and garlic add bright, savory highlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHerbs and black pepper contribute a balanced finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the most practical ways to use this seasoning every day?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s formulated to be flexible: shake it on finished plates, mix it into rubs and dressings, or stir into cooking pots to build flavor early in the process. Because it’s concentrated, a little goes a long way in both hot and cold applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle over roasted cauliflower, potatoes, or popcorn for immediate umami boost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into burger patties, meat rubs, or grain bowls for richer savory notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into soups, sauces, and marinades to deepen broth and sauce flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this seasoning fit specific dietary preferences or cooking styles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—McCormick’s umami blend is gluten free and Non-GMO Verified, making it suitable for many household diets. Its savory profile works across cuisines, from quick weekday meals to more elaborate weekend cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and Non-GMO Verified for broad dietary compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with vegetarian and meat-based recipes to enhance savory taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to incorporate into fast or slow-cooked dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and measure the seasoning for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the jar in a cool, dry cupboard away from direct heat or moisture to preserve aroma and potency. Start with modest amounts and adjust to taste—this blend is concentrated, so tasting as you go prevents over-seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed in a pantry or spice cabinet, away from stove heat and steam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBegin with one-quarter to one-half teaspoon per serving, then increase if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake into mixtures or onto finished dishes for easiest control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks who want a quick way to make meals taste fuller—whether you’re enhancing vegetables, building burgers, seasoning grains, or inventive snacking. It’s ideal for busy kitchens that value versatility and bold savory flavor without extra prep time or specialty ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Mustard Bran, Onion, Garlic, Paprika, Black Garlic Powder, Shiitake Mushroom, Chilean Mushroom, Parsley, Sunflower Oil, Tomato Powder, Basil, Black Pepper, Marjoram \u0026amp; Sulfiting Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is McCormick Umami Seasoning gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This product is gluten free and Non-GMO Verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much should I use when seasoning a dish?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Start with 1\/4–1\/2 teaspoon per serving, then adjust to taste for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003908673619,"sku":"B0916GXX3G","price":60.67,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-umami-seasoning-front-label.jpg?v=1787215573"},{"product_id":"mccormick-chili-seasoning-mix-original-1-25-oz-pack-of-24-no-msg-classic-chili-flavor","title":"McCormick Chili Seasoning Mix — Original 1.25 oz Pack of 24, No MSG, Classic Chili Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Original Chili Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use blend of chili pepper, paprika, cumin, onion and garlic that seasons a full pot of chili quickly and without added MSG or artificial flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMake chili night simple: this classic McCormick mix bundles carefully balanced spices into a single 1.25 oz packet that seasons a standard family-sized recipe in minutes. Crafted from quality spices, the mix removes guesswork so you can create consistently savory chili and boost other dishes, from baked beans to burger patties. Sold as a convenient pack of 24, it’s ideal for stocking a pantry, meal prepping for a crowd, or foodservice kitchens needing dependable seasoning at scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this chili mix to make a quick weeknight dinner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCombine the packet with ground beef (or a plant-based substitute), tomatoes, and water; simmer until flavors meld—typically under 20 minutes. The seasoning already balances salt, heat, and aromatics so you won’t need to add many extra spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 1.25 oz packet seasons about 1–2 pounds of meat or a pot serving 4–6 people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to browned protein with canned tomatoes and 1–2 cups water, simmer 15–20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust thickness with less or more liquid; finish with toppings like cheese, onions, or cilantro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this mix be used for recipes beyond traditional chili?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its savory, slightly smoky profile works well across many recipes. Use it to add depth to beans, stews, taco meat, dip bases, or blended into burger mixes for an instant flavor upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into baked beans for bold, ready-made flavor without extra measuring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ground turkey or beef for spiced burgers or meatloaf variations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason sour cream or Greek yogurt with a pinch to create a zesty dip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the key ingredients and labeling highlights to know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend centers on chili pepper, paprika, cumin, onion and garlic for classic chili character. McCormick provides a recognizable spice profile and clear labeling—this mix contains no added MSG, artificial flavors, or added colorings, aligning with shoppers looking for straightforward ingredient lists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain spices: chili pepper, paprika, cumin, onion, garlic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel notes: no MSG added, no artificial flavors, no added colorings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: individual 1.25 oz packets, sold in a 24-count multi-pack for pantry convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and scale this seasoning for parties or meal prep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened packets in a cool, dry pantry away from direct heat or sunlight. For larger gatherings, use multiple packets to maintain flavor consistency across bigger pots; premix into larger batches for freezer-friendly chili portions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed packets at room temperature; use by best-by date on box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor large pots, use two packets per 3–4 pounds of protein as a starting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake a double batch of chili, cool, portion, and freeze for quick reheating later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho will appreciate this product: shoppers who want a reliable, time-saving spice solution that produces classic chili flavor with minimal fuss. It’s suited to busy families, meal-preppers, casual cooks wanting dependable results, and commercial kitchens needing consistent seasoning in bulk. If you prefer to customize every spice, this eliminates measuring but still leaves room to adjust heat or salt to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChili Pepper and Other Spices (Including Cumin), Enriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Onion, Salt, and Garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many people does one 1.25 oz packet serve?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One packet typically seasons a pot serving 4–6 people, or 1–2 pounds of cooked protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this chili mix contain MSG or artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. McCormick Original Chili Seasoning Mix contains no added MSG, artificial flavors, or added colorings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003922960467,"sku":"B0012ONGZO","price":62.45,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-chili-pack-front.jpg?v=1787215640"},{"product_id":"mccormick-mayonesa-mexican-style-mayonnaise-with-lime-juice-62-5-fl-oz-creamy-zesty","title":"McCormick Mayonesa Mexican-Style Mayonnaise with Lime Juice, 62.5 fl oz — Creamy, Zesty","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Mayonesa with Lime Juice is a creamy Mexican-style mayonnaise blended with a bright lime tang to lift tacos, elotes, sandwiches and salads.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 62.5 fl oz jar brings the classic Mexican mayonnaise flavor—rich, smooth, and subtly citrusy—designed to add zest to everyday meals and traditional dishes. Crafted in Mexico and celebrated as a top brand there, this mayo combines the familiar creaminess of mayonnaise with a squeeze of lime juice to give sauces, spreads, and dressings a lively finish. Use it straight from the jar, fold it into salads, or mix into dressings to introduce a quick, reliable burst of flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does McCormick Mayonesa change the taste of my recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lime-infused mayonnaise adds a mild citrus brightness that balances richness without overpowering other ingredients. It enhances savory components—meats, vegetables, and starches—by cutting through fat and accentuating spices. Expect a creamier mouthfeel plus a clean, zesty afternote that refreshes familiar recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds subtle acidity to salads and slaws for improved balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrightens tacos, tortas, and grilled meats without masking spices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreates smoother, tangier dips and dressings with minimal effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the most practical ways to use this large 62.5 fl oz jar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe large-format jar is ideal for frequent home cooks, foodservice, or gatherings where a dependable condiment is needed. It stores well in the refrigerator after opening and supplies plenty of mayo for batch recipes or repeated use across multiple meals. The size saves trips to the store and keeps a consistent flavor on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for family meals, parties, or meal-prep batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well for making large bowls of potato, chicken, or tuna salad\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for busy kitchens that need a versatile, ready-to-use condiment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mayonnaise suitable for Mexican dishes like elotes and tortas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this product was created with Mexican-style applications in mind, making it a natural fit for classics like elotes, tortas, and burritos. The lime note pairs especially well with grilled corn, spicy salsas, and smoky proteins, enhancing authenticity and mouthfeel. Use it as a spread, a finishing drizzle, or a key ingredient in creamy sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpread on tortas for creamy texture and citrus lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrush or slather on elotes to hold spices and cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into crema-style sauces and chip dips for added tang\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and preserve quality after opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the jar refrigerated after opening and use within the time frame printed on the label for best flavor and freshness. Avoid double-dipping utensils to reduce contamination, and seal the lid tightly to prevent odor absorption. Refrigeration will maintain texture and the bright lime notes longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate immediately after opening and reseal securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid using unclean utensils to maintain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume within the recommended period on the jar for peak flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, caterers, and foodservice teams who want an unmistakably Mexican-style mayonnaise with a citrus twist will find this product especially useful. It suits anyone who uses mayonnaise regularly and wants to add instant zest to traditional Mexican dishes, everyday sandwiches, or large-batch salads. If you appreciate creamy texture plus a refreshing lime lift, McCormick Mayonesa 62.5 fl oz offers a reliable, flavorful option for kitchen and catering use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoybean Oil, Egg Yolks, Water, Distilled Vinegar, Sugar, Iodized Salt, Spices, Lime Juice Concentrate, Disodium EDTA (Added to Protect Flavor), Extractives of Paprika, Natural Flavor, and Extractives of Red Pepper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does McCormick Mayonesa contain real lime juice?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it contains lime juice for a subtle citrus tang that brightens recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mayo for salads and sandwiches?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely—it's suitable for salads, sandwiches, dips, and traditional Mexican dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004043776083,"sku":"B0DFMX8HXN","price":67.64,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-mayonesa-front-jar.jpg?v=1787216147"},{"product_id":"mccormick-butter-chicken-seasoning-mix-12-pack-0-87-oz-packets-mild-ready-in-30-minutes","title":"McCormick Butter Chicken Seasoning Mix, 12-Pack (0.87 oz packets) — Mild, Ready in 30 Minutes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMcCormick Butter Chicken Seasoning Mix is a convenient spice blend that helps you make creamy, mildly spiced Indian-style Butter Chicken at home in about 30 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you love the rich, aromatic flavors of restaurant-style Butter Chicken but want a faster, simpler way to prepare it, this McCormick mix delivers a ready-made masala of coriander seed, cumin, turmeric, and cardamom so you can skip measuring and toasting whole spices. The single-serving 0.87 oz packets (sold here as a 12-pack) pair with basic pantry staples—chicken, butter, tomato sauce and cream—to produce a full-flavored meal with minimal fuss. It’s built for busy weeknights, cooks new to Indian cuisine, and anyone who wants consistent results without a lot of prep work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I make Butter Chicken with this seasoning in 30 minutes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow a simple skillet method: brown bite-sized chicken, add butter and the seasoning packet with tomato sauce, simmer briefly, then stir in cream to finish the sauce. The mix contains the essential spices, so timing is mostly about browning and simmering until the sauce thickens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrown 1–1.5 lbs chicken breast cubes in oil or butter for 5–7 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 1 packet seasoning, 1 cup tomato sauce, and 2 tablespoons butter; simmer 8–10 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in 1\/2–1 cup heavy cream or a dairy substitute, simmer until thickened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe over cooked basmati rice or with warm naan; total time ≈ 30 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and spices are in the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend contains traditional Indian masala elements selected to provide aromatic, warm, and mildly spiced notes without overwhelming heat. You’ll find coriander seed and cumin for earthiness, turmeric for color, and cardamom for a floral lift, complemented by supporting seasonings to build a rich sauce base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary spices: coriander seed, cumin, turmeric, cardamom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced for mild heat—works for families and those sensitive to spice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to blend smoothly into tomato-cream sauces for a velvety texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need for grinding or roasting whole spices; the packet is ready to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adapt the recipe for dietary preferences or substitutions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this seasoning is versatile. Swap protein, switch the dairy, or adjust spice levels easily to suit vegetarian, dairy-free, or lower-spice needs while retaining the core Butter Chicken flavor profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian: replace chicken with chickpeas, paneer, or tofu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy-free: use coconut milk or coconut cream instead of heavy cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower spice: use less than the full packet or add a touch of sugar to tame heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeftovers: sauce reheats well; add a splash of cream when reheating if it thickens too much.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store a 12-pack and how long does it keep?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened packets in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight to preserve aroma and potency. Once opened, store unused portion in an airtight container and use within a reasonable time for best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnopened: store at room temperature, away from heat and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpened: transfer to airtight jar or resealable bag; use within months for peak spice aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk pack: ideal for stocking a pantry, gifting, or meal planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck printed best-by date on each packet for guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want authentic-tasting Butter Chicken without complicated spice prep, families needing fast weeknight dinners, and anyone exploring Indian flavors with approachable techniques will find this McCormick seasoning mix helpful. It’s also useful for meal-prep cooks, people trying vegetarian swaps, and busy cooks who want reliable, repeatable results from a pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING CORIANDER SEED, CUMIN, TURMERIC, CARDAMON, CLOVE, PAPRIKA), SUGAR, SALT, ONION, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, GARLIC, CITRIC ACID \u0026amp; SULFITING AGENTS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does it take to prepare using this mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 30 minutes from start to finish with typical skillet cooking steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mix for vegetarian Butter Chicken?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—swap chicken for chickpeas, tofu, or paneer and follow the same steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"McCormick","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004169474131,"sku":"B0F4YRMTKK","price":72.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mccormick-butter-chicken-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787217099"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/brand-mccormick.oembed?page=3","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}